R Lang
R Lang
Acknowledgements: The author would like to thank Oracle Traders for their permission to
reproduce selected screenshots. Also a special thanks to Craig Kirby, John McClusky, Zdenko
Simonic, Dr Brett Steenbarger and John Atkinson for their contributions.
This is an updated and amended version of the first publication for clients of Oracle Traders.
Disclaimer
Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no
guarantee of future returns. No representation is being made that any account will or is likely
to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell recommendations
are not provided.
This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or
your Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment
objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This information is of a general nature only
so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before
taking any action.
The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. Any losses
that are incurred are the sole responsibility of each trader and investor. The author of this
ebook and ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability of the author, STE and its
Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person
of, or their reliance on any information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence
of the authors, STE or its Associates or otherwise
All reasonable steps and due diligence have been taken in preparing this ebook. However, it
may contain ideas and reference to trading instruments that are not appropriate to you or your
style of investing or trading. So it is up to you to do your own research and draw your own
conclusions. By itself, this document will not enhance your investing or trading performance,
nor will it prevent you from incurring losses.
Please also refer to the disclaimer at the back of this ebook and our Terms of Use.
Copyright
The information contained in this publication is copyright © and for the sole use of readers who
have purchased it or who have received it as part of an Oracle Traders’ promotion. All rights
reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, copied or circulated to other readers.
Each issue incorporates fingerprint protection that enables us to track the original source of
pirate copies. Offenders may be prosecuted.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 3
CONTENTS
Introduction 5
Epilogue 170
Bibliography 172
Glossary 172
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 4
Foreword
I have been associated with Jim Berg for the past twelve years, both as a colleague and a
friend. Jim is a former broker, private trader and lecturer with over 30 years experience in the
investment industry. Jim has appeared on CNBC Asia and Market Wrap and has been a guest
speaker at the Australian Stock Exchange, the Australian Technical Analysts Association, the
Australian Investors Association (AIA) and the Asia Trader & Investor Convention (ATIC) in
Kuala Lumpur (2011).
Jim is passionate about trading the markets and passing on his knowledge and methodology to
others. He follows a set of rules and uses weight of evidence to qualify his trades. He
encourages others to apply his ‘common sense’ rules to their own trading.
Jim has a well deserved reputation for being honest, open and professional. He is one of the
best educators in the industry and has a great many loyal followers. Jim cuts through the
blurry haze of jargon and gets right to the heart of what investors really need to know.
“The Stock Trading Handbook for Oracle Traders” is a comprehensive guide that will
demystify the share market and set you on the right path to successful trading. This guide is
easy-to-follow, and will help traders at any level improve their knowledge of the market and
ultimately their performance.
Craig Kirby
Oracle Traders.
www.oracletraders.com.au
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 5
Introduction
The Penguin English Dictionary describes a handbook as a guide-book. The Stock Trading
Handbook For Oracle Traders will guide the beginning trader through the difficult process of
applying indicators in a trading system that combines fundamental and technical analysis. This
is a manual disguised as a book. It contains information on trading and important related
issues that could affect investment decisions.
The aim of this handbook is to help those inexperienced at trading shares to understand the
share market and take the first steps to investing successfully. There is a vast amount of
information available on markets and investing.
To put all this information in one book would intimidate by its volume. There are entire books
written on many of the topics presented in these pages. The beginning trader can use this
book as a starting point to learn the basic investment concepts and explore each in greater
depth when it is more appropriate and convenient.
This ebook is not just for beginners. For experienced readers, more advanced topics, are
covered, with the intention of helping traders improve their performance in the market.
An investor can buy and sell shares over a short-, medium or long-term timeframe. The
process of buying and selling shares is called trading. Every investor is thus a trader, to an
extent. A narrower definition of a trader would be someone who buys and sells shares on a
frequent basis for capital gains rather than infrequently for income.
For the purposes of this book, the words ‘investor’ and ‘trader’ are used interchangeably.
Equally, while we discuss ‘shares’ and share market’, most of the principles in this ebook can
be applied to ‘stocks’ and ‘stock markets’ around the world - so these words can also be
interchanged..
In this ebook, and our weekly newsletter, we stress the importance of psychology, money and
risk management, as well as providing profitable trading strategies which use both technical
and fundamental analysis combined. By mastering these, investors and traders increase their
chances of long term survival and profitability in the market.
Chapter 1 contains a brief explanation of why the share market exists and how it works.
Market influences and several different styles of investing are also examined.
Chapter 2 provides information on taxation in relation to share trading, financial planning, DIY
Super Funds and the difficult decision of whether to trade online or with a full service broker.
We also discuss the benefits of using a broker assisted conditional ordering facility.
Chapter 3 focuses on investor psychology and will help beginning traders understand how an
individual’s personality and beliefs can sabotage their trading.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 6
Many professional traders believe psychology and risk management are the most important
elements to successful trading.
Chapter 4 provides some of the key fundamental criteria which are important for fundamental
analysis.
Chapters 5 and 6 examine many of the specific technical analysis tools for investing - these
are later grouped together in an example of a trading system in Chapter 8.
Chapter 7 concentrates on the vitally important areas of money and risk management
including:
¾ Stop loss and profit taking exits
¾ Position sizing
¾ Developing a trading plan
¾ Planning and managing your portfolio
¾ Accurate record keeping
A thorough understanding of these concepts is often the difference between success and
failure.
Chapter 8 pulls it all together by demonstrating profitable trading strategies that really work.
Many authors will describe the tools and provide readers with the knowledge to use those tools
but will fail to show the process of combining indicators and developing a trading system.
In contrast, this chapter is a step by step guide to investing, using a common sense and
proven trading system that combines fundamental and technical analysis.
One of the easiest ways to develop a trading strategy is to “borrow” a system from another
trader. The borrowed system is used as a base to test and eventually build a trading strategy
that suits the investor’s personality and trading philosophy. It is extremely important that the
investor feels confident their trading system suits them and believe their investment
strategies will make money.
The trading system outlined in Chapter 8 may be adapted for either long-term or shorter-term
timeframes. It provides practical examples of the process of combining indicators to create a
trading system that really works. Many of the investors attending my seminars over the past
five years have borrowed this system as the basis for creating their own successful system.
An extensive Glossary of Terms has been produced to aid beginning traders in the
challenging task of becoming familiar with new vocabulary and terminology. Such a
comprehensive Glossary is a valuable reference tool that can be used when attending
seminars, watching or listening to financial programs and reading financial market material.
This Glossary of over 20 pages may be downloaded with our compliments. Simply log in at our
Free Downloads section at www.sharetradingeducation.com or Click Here
For some investors, share trading can be a positive intellectual, financial and emotional
experience. For many others it can be terrifying and financially devastating.
Without an experienced guide, learning to trade the share market can be a very expensive
education.
It is much easier to learn from others’ experiences than having to repeat their mistakes
yourself.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 7
The purpose of this Handbook and our weekly ‘Investing & Online Trading’ stock market
newsletter is to help our readers survive by avoiding the pitfalls of the market - and then
thrive by developing profitable trading strategies.
For several years I have been presenting a series of workshops and seminars developed to
teach beginning traders the concepts essential to successfully investing in the share market.
“What books should I read?” and “Which book should I read first?” are often among the
earliest questions asked.
By providing an extensive list of quality books on the financial markets in the Bibliography, the
first question is answered. Answering the second question is considerably more difficult. Each
book contains useful information, but an inexperienced trader does not know what is essential
knowledge until after it has been acquired.
It often takes a considerable amount of time and effort for the beginning trader to discover
what is relevant. This ebook will give the inexperienced investor an overall view of the market
and the relevant knowledge to begin trading now.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders is the result of the feedback from the
participants in my workshops and seminars. This is the book they wished they had read first.
For questions on topics covered in this ebook or our newsletter, please Contact Us.
Jim Berg
June 2011
www.sharetradingeducation.com
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 8
CHAPTER 1
• Types of Shares
• Indices
• Market Influences
• Investing Styles
• Technological Influences
• Depth of Market
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 9
The rational behind the existence of share markets is fairly basic. Share markets facilitate the
wealth creation process by providing companies with opportunities to raise funds by publicly
listing on an exchange. After listing, a successful company will have further opportunities to
raise funds with the issue of additional securities.
The public listing of companies means that private investors can purchase company shares
with the goal of creating wealth through capital gains and dividends. In this situation a
company is in search of capital and an investor is in search of the best rate of return on his or
her money. With the purchase of shares, the investor gains part ownership of the company
and will have a share in potential profits or losses. In this way, risks and rewards are spread
over a large group of investors.
Primary Market
Companies wanting to take this route must comply with the Listing Rules of the relevant stock
exchange. Investors can purchase shares when a company initially lists on the exchange
through a float or Initial Public Offering (IPO). This is called the primary market.
The number of shares on offer and the price per share, which is the float price, is established
among company owners, accountants and the sponsoring broker. The sponsoring broker (the
underwriter) receives a fee for promoting and selling the shares to their clients and the general
public. Its aim is to see that the float is over-subscribed, that investors have submitted
documents requesting a total amount of shares greater than the amount available for sale. The
broker then has the luxury of rewarding its staff and top clients with participation in a hot issue
that is likely to list at a premium to the issue price.
This creates the opportunity for speculators to stag, which means to sell their shares for a
quick profit on the listing. If the float is under-subscribed the underwriter is left holding the
stock. They can attempt to sell the stock at a discount or hold the shares for selling into the
market at some time in the future. Regardless, the company has its money and can proceed
with its business.
Many investors believe that participating in floats is the way to easy money. This is a myth. Of
the 169 companies floated in the year 2000, only 36% ended the year in positive territory.
Even in positive years for the share market, a significant proportion of floats end the year
trading below their issue price.
If you are interested in a float, check out the track record of the broker underwriting the issue,
as many of them consistently back losers.
Secondary Market
The Exchange also provides the secondary market where investors and traders trade
company shares at the current market price.
They place their orders through brokers and buyers and sellers are matched, which leads to an
exchange of cash and shares. On the secondary market, price fluctuations constantly reflect
the latest information available to market participants.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 10
Example
A company intends to list and raise $10 million to expand its business activities. It issues a
prospectus and offers 20 million shares at a par value of $.50 cents each. The sponsoring
broker is responsible for selling the 20 million shares prior to the listing. When the company is
floated on the stock exchange the shares will be given a market value based on expectations.
The company’s share price will eventually reflect its success, or otherwise, in the marketplace.
Types of Shares
The above example refers to ordinary shares. Other types of shares are preference and
contributing. The features of each are outlined below.
TYPE FEATURES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ordinary Shares Most common form of ownership
Receive dividends
Voting rights
Benefits from retained earnings
Rank last in priority (on company liquidation)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preference Shares Have fixed dividend rate (% of par value)
If company is liquidated, this dividend is paid before
the ordinary dividend is declared
Rank before ordinary shares in any
distribution of assets
Stock Codes
Each share has a code. For example, the code for Woolworths is WOW and for Newcrest Mining
is NCM. The codes are used when placing orders, for checking prices on a quote screen or
internet watch screen and for monitoring shares with a software charting package. Company
codes can be found on the ASX website at www.asx.com.au
Indices
Every Stock Exchange has at least one index, a group of shares drawn from the broader
market and used as a benchmark in an attempt to measure the financial health of the entire
market. The index may be composed of companies in the exchange’s Top 100, for instance.
There are also indices representing the different company sectors (see the next section). An
index level could be calculated by simply adding together the closing prices of the group of
shares or by weighting them first, then adding them together.
Historically, the U.S. Dow Jones has been the most widely watched of the market indices.
Critics claim it is not representative of the market as a whole as it consists of only 30 of the
thousands of companies traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Professionals also
closely monitor the broader Standard & Poor’s (S&P) 500 Index that was first established and
published in 1957.
The main Australian Indices are the All Ordinaries and the S&P/ASX 200. The minor indices are
the S&P/ASX 300, S&P/ASX 100, S&P/ASX 50, S&P/ASX 20 and the S&P/ASX Small Ordinaries
Index. The lists are constructed and calculated by Standard and Poor’s and can viewed at their
website www.standardandpoors.com. Click on Indices and select S&P Australian Indices.
Sectors
Every listed company is a member of a sector, based on the nature of its business. At the time
of writing the First Edition of this book in 2001 the sectors were:
In April, 2001 the sectors on the ASX were reorganized and reduced in number, to bring them
in line with overseas markets. The new Global Industry Classification Standard (GICs)
sectors are:
Many investors and traders who analyse charts of the more specific 21 Industry Groups find it
difficult to use the new GICs. Reducing the Industry Groups from 21 to 12 means several
industries are grouped together in the new GICs, making it difficult to analyse specific
industries.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 12
The GICs are broken down into Industry Groups but, unfortunately, the information is not
readily available to the investing public. I know of only two Australian data service providers
that provide Industry Group data for charting.
The importance of undertaking industry group analysis before purchasing specific shares
cannot be overemphasised. Much more on this can be found in Chapter 6 on Trading
Strategies.
Market Influences
1. The Economy
Looking at the big picture is called the macro viewpoint. This consists of analysing the current
state of the economy and its prospects for the future. The outlook for the Australian economy
is linked to larger world economies and to those of our major trading partners. Brokers and
investment firms hire economists to analyse Australian and world economic conditions and
explain the impact these relationships will have on our changing economic conditions. This
economic forecasting is a very difficult exercise, as it is attempting to predict the future with
data that is often outdated. The poor success rate of forecasts has led to Economics becoming
known as the dismal science.
While forecasting is of questionable value, knowing approximately where you are in the
economic, or business, cycle can be a useful tool. The business cycle is the fluctuations
between the boom times and bad times in economic activity.
Figure 1.2 below is an example of the economic clock, compiled by The Evening Standard in
London, from a study of business cycles over a period of 150 years.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 13
The clock is a long term indicator and represents a typical cycle that averages nine years, with
a variation of a year or two either way.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 14
Interest rates represent the price paid for the use of money or credit. When domestic rates
rise, the cost of money increases.
This reduces investment by companies and individuals and is regarded by economists as
deflationary. Rising interest rates have a negative effect on share prices while falling interest
rates are generally considered positive.
Fluctuations in interest rates alter the relationship between the investment return from bonds
and shares. Quality fixed interest investments are more liquid and safer than shares but
usually generate less income. Investors hold shares to gain a higher return from dividends and
capital gains.
As interest rates rise, investors can get a higher return on short-term fixed interest securities
such as bank bills and government bonds. In this environment, money tends to flow out the
share market and into the bond and money market as investors determine the marginally
higher rate of return in the share market in not worth the extra risk. A rising share price will
usually cause falling dividends on a percentage basis as share price increases will rise faster
than dividend gains. This falling yield narrows the difference in return from fixed interest.
Falling share prices are needed to increase the yield from dividends and attract investors to the
higher risk investment.
Higher interest rates also increase the cost of borrowing from brokers and banks to buy
shares, called margin lending. This reduces the money available to buy shares and has a
deflating effect on share prices.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 15
International interest rates of the major economies have an influence on the level of
international economic activity and Australian companies operate in this macro economic
environment. The expected earnings of Australian companies is affected by the international
determination of rates of economic growth through adjustments to interest rates.
The movement in interest rates in a country can alter the return to investors in these markets.
Central banks can alter interest rates and have a major impact on capital inflows. High interest
rates are often used as a means of attracting foreign capital. The changing international rates
have a direct bearing on Australian domestic rates by making them more or less attractive to
domestic or overseas investors. This will affect company performance through the cost of
credit, value of the currency and the relative performance of competing forms of investment.
The Government sets monetary policy objectives and the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA)
determines changes in interest rates by controlling the cash rate through the buying and
selling of commonwealth government securities. Changing the interest rate is the RBA’s
attempt to influence spending behaviour in the economy. The RBA’s management of monetary
policy is important to maintaining confidence in the financial system.
3. Exchange Rates
Movements in the Australian currency can directly affect the value of shares as Australia is a
major trading and importing country. The relative strength of the Australian currency directly
affects the economic wellbeing of Australian companies. A country’s currency influences the
level of income from export earnings, the expected profits in industries vulnerable to imports
and the perceived and actual returns of foreign investors.
Inflation occurs when the price of goods and services increases and the value of money
falls. Consumers feel inflation as a loss of purchasing power and invest their savings to control
the impact of inflation on their lives. Investors are concerned about the real rate of return on
their investments - as opposed to the nominal rate - which is the actual dollar return
expressed as a percentage of the principal.
For example, a $10,000 profit on a $100,000 investment is a 10% nominal return. The real
rate of return is the nominal rate minus the inflation rate. A popular indicator of inflation is the
Consumer Price Index (CPI), which measures the price of a basket of goods and services over
time to follow their rise or fall. An inflation rate of 3% subtracted from the nominal return of
10% results in a real rate of return of 7%.
5. Fiscal Policy
Government fiscal policy attempts to influence the economy through changes to taxation,
welfare payments and expenditure. It is important for investors as it affects overall economic
performance and influences the profitability of individual industries.
6. Seasonal Effects
Market historians track the seasonal trends that influence share market behaviour. Seasonal
trends are statistical probabilities that need to be used with caution as trends can shift or
completely reverse. Observers of seasonal trends look for lows in June and November and
highs in January and July. The January high is the peak of the Christmas rally that, market
historians claim, occurs 84% of the time.
The most famous seasonal is the month of October, when many severe sharemarket falls have
occurred. The most notable is the crash of 1929 that resulted in the Great Depression.
Significant October falls also occurred in 1987, 1989 and 1997.
Investing/Trading Styles
Top down analysis starts with a macro-economic outlook of the political and economic
environment and gradually narrows down to a micro affect these conditions will have on
specific securities. It is a logical process from analyzing the big picture down to their impact on
shares, fixed income securities and property.
2. Bottom Up Analysis
In the bottom up, micro approach, analysts do a detailed fundamental analysis of the
investment by examining its performance, management, balance sheet, risk, etc. The analysis
is concentrated primarily on the strength of the investment, using a wide range of tools, but
also may include the economic environment and macro considerations.
Value and growth investing are the two most common styles of investing.
Value investors are looking for bargains. They believe inefficiencies in the market results in
shares becoming under-priced to their book value, trading at a discount to their intrinsic worth.
Book value is a company’s balance sheet assets minus its liabilities. The company might also
have hidden value, such as property that hasn’t been revalued to its current worth. If a
company has a book value of $8 per share and a share price of $7 per share, it may be
perceived as a bargain as it is selling at a discount to its breakup value.
The value picker is hunting for companies that have fallen on difficult times and are out of
favour with brokers and institutions. The bad news is out and is reflected in the share price. In
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 17
time, the true value of the company will be realised and the share price will hopefully rise to
reflect its worth.
Value investing has outperformed growth investing over the long-term but lagged significantly
behind during the three years leading up to the tech wreck of 2000. Value stocks have
regained the upper hand and substantially outperformed since the bursting of the tech bubble.
Features typically associated with value shares are dividend yield, cashflow yield, price
earnings ratio, discount to book value and earnings yield see Chapter 3 for an explanation of
some of these fundamental calculations). The legendary Warren Buffett has created fortunes
for many investors using value investing.
Growth investors target companies that have the capability of increasing their earnings at a
faster than average rate. Investors are looking for industries with strong sustained growth
trends and companies in those industries with growth in sales and earnings.
A problem here is the high cost of buying these companies as they often sell at a high
price/earnings ratio, reflecting their expectations. A disappointing earnings report often causes
a significant decline in share price. Features typically associated with growth shares are
positive industry fundamentals, earnings and sales growth and a high return on equity.
4.Momentum Investing
Momentum traders ride the bullish trend. They believe that what is in motion tends to stay in
motion. They are buyers of strength rather than weakness. There are many variations, but
basically, momentum investors are targeting companies with a strong rising share price.
5. Contrary Opinion
Contrarian traders target shares that are out of favour with the crowd. The crowd stampedes
into shares when they are booming and panics out of all positions when the market falls. Mass
psychology and the herd mentality are followed closely by contrarians to avoid joining the
majority.
There is more to contrary investing than blindly selecting out of favour companies. One of the
many variations of the Dogs of the Dow contrarian investment strategy is to target the lowest
priced shares from the U.S. Dow Jones Industrial Average, or any other index, with a low
price/earnings ratio and a high dividend yield.
6. Index Benchmarking
This is a buy and hold strategy where investors or fund managers attempt to mirror the results
of a particular share market index. If the index has a rise of, say 10%, then the investors
portfolio should experience a similar increase in value.
To trade this strategy, a selection of securities from the index are purchased in proportion to
the weighting of the companies in the index. The large number of shares in many indices
makes it difficult for the average investor to construct a benchmarking portfolio and leaves
managed funds as the only alternative.
Sector benchmarking uses the same strategy, targeting the companies in a specific sector, and
offers the more active investor the opportunity to switch among sector funds when the timing
is appropriate. For example, an investor with capital in an All Ords index fund might determine
that the index was likely to consolidate or fall for the next twelve months.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 18
In this case money left in this fund would struggle to produce a capital gain and could result in
a loss. If the outlook was favourable for a particular group of shares, such as resources, capital
could be switched to a fund targeting shares from this sector. This could get expensive,
depending on fee structures, but many funds are now offering a free switching facility among
funds under their control.
Many traders monitor the director’s share holdings in their own company. The theory is to
follow the smart money, as represented by the individuals with inside knowledge of the
company’s future prospects. A director buying or selling their own company’s shares could give
an indication of the near-term direction of the company’s share price. Director’s interests are
listed weekly in major newspapers.
Another follow the money strategy is to monitor the investments of powerful and successful
public figures and purchase shares in the same companies. An Australian broker that promotes
this strategy says “If it’s good enough for them, it’s good enough for me”.
Monitoring successful fund managers is another strategy for following the money. Hundreds of
small cap, mid cap and large capitalised funds, along with the specialised funds, offer investors
plenty of choice. Agencies rate the funds for safety and publish their short-term and long-term
performance figures.
Investors would be unlikely to have the available resources to match a managed fund’s
diversification but could use other filters, such as technical analysis, to narrow the number of
companies to a manageable level and fine tune their entry levels.
Technological Influences
Over the years, advances in technology have had a tremendous impact on investing. Trading
in the 1950’s and most of the 1960’s was done with prices delivered via a ticker tape and
orders were placed with a telex machine. The ticker tape recorded transactions on a large roll
of paper. Veteran traders claim the tape talked to them, as the changing sound of the ticker
tape alerted them to a market on the move.
The ticker made a different sound when the tape sped up on an increasing number of
transactions, signaling a potential turn in the market. Breaking market information was
delivered via a Dow Jones Machine, again on rolls of paper. The machine rang once, twice or
three times, depending on the significance of the information.
Telephone direct dialing in 1967 changed the method of investing but analysing the market
was still sensory. Trading decisions were often based on feel, sounds, atmosphere and
intangibles. With very little market information, investors relied on their street smarts and
intuition.
Computers made their first impact in the back offices of brokerage firms. The stock market
boom of the 1960’s increased trading activity and resulted in backlogs of unprocessed orders.
Brokerage firms without a computer facility to handle large increases in transactions went out
of business.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 19
In 1971 the Nasdaq Exchange began trading in the U.S., and for the first time, traders could
buy and sell shares from the information on a computer terminal. Broker back offices began to
be wired and automated to satisfy the business generating traders’ visions. The computer
literate traders used the new technology to develop new products and to trade them faster.
Apple computers, much in use by 1979, allowed traders faster number crunching in
increasingly complex ways. IBM released its PC in the early 1980’s and by the second half of
the decade the power of the computer could run increasingly complex programs.
This rise in the technology curve pushed the markets forward, but computers also played a
part in one of the biggest events of the decade, the Crash of ‘87’. The stock market drop on
Monday, October 19th, was unlike anything seen since the 1929 crash that preceded the Great
Depression. The enormous losses shook the confidence of people inside and outside of the
market, with many individuals and groups looking to place blame. Some focused on program
traders and their use of computer trading, as the cause of the crash.
Institutions and fund managers use program trading to quickly buy or sell large amounts of
shares. Their order size is often as large as $10 million to $30 million worth of different
securities. It would be time consuming and inefficient to place individual orders with a dealer.
Program trader’s computers, linked to the order-taking systems at the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE), can buy or sell shares in hundreds of different companies in a matter of
minutes. Technological advances have made this method of trading possible. Several different
program traders, acting at the same time, are capable of producing significant moves in the
market.
The 1987 crash shook the financial markets’ foundations and resulted in investigations,
reports, books, new regulations, safeguards and circuit breakers to prevent a recurrence. Each
crash produces important lessons that result in a greater understanding of market dynamics.
This knowledge, combined with the new regulations, safeguards and circuit breakers, leads to
the belief “next time will be different”. We are assured there will never be another crash. We’ll
see.
Computers continue to speed up the process of gathering and collating information. This has
allowed institutional traders to manage an increasingly larger number of transactions,
multiplying the volume of business and the speed at which it is done. Computer technology
also helps in simplifying and eliminating wasteful and time-consuming tasks, doing things more
efficiently than humans and reducing errors and paperwork.
Software packages are being developed with artificial intelligence and mathematical models to
duplicate a successful trader’s methodology. Trading rules, appropriate responses to news
events and changes in market characteristics can be factored into a program that actually
“learns” from analyzing each transaction and recognizes patterns of human thought.
Electronic Trading
The internet and electronic trading have brought trading to the masses. Anyone can do it from
anywhere. It has become a form of entertainment for some, akin to a hobby. Online, investors
can access a summary of developments on world exchanges, scan broker research, check
company announcements, visit trading forums for ideas and rumours, monitor share prices,
create watchlists and portfolios and place buy or sell orders.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 20
Investing has captured the public’s imagination. Magazines, books, seminars and financial
news programs are flourishing. It’s fun and the investor is in control. Do-it-yourself investing
eliminates the need to listen on the phone to a broker’s scripted sales pitch. On-line trading
and discount commissions have shifted the balance of power away from the traditional market
professionals.
Brokers can no longer simply collect fees for marginal advice and inefficient paper processing.
Automation will cut costs to the brokers and these savings will be passed on to the customers.
As the trading process goes through fewer human beings, using computers much more, fewer
mistakes are made and this saves money.
Investors are getting closer to connecting directly with other investors, reducing the role of
brokers, the traditional middle-men. The pace of change is likely to increase as new technology
is developed and traditional brokers rise to the challenge of this new competition. Their
function and their thinking will need to change to anticipate the demands of the new
technology driven markets.
One of the steps being taken by the established markets is to move away from being mutually
owned by its members, into a shareholder-owned company, as the Australian Stock Exchange
did in 2000. This move will help eliminate the painfully slow and conservative decision making
process that is caused by so many members interest in preserving the status quo.
The world’s exchanges have been slow to merge and move away from floor based trading to
screen trading. This has allowed electronic communications networks (ECNs) to flourish and
steal trading volume from the traditional market makers. New rules, in the United States, now
allow ECNs to apply for exchange status and regulation, clouding the description of an
exchange as a place where shares are traded.
It must now be decided what the requirements really are for becoming an exchange. The
biggest financial institutions already operate globally and electronically and some question
whether it is worth having national exchanges.
The traditional exchanges are in a battle for their existence. Their established reputations and
higher trading volume might keep loyal clients away from electronic trading if they offer
competitive trade execution costs. Once they lose the advantage of superior liquidity it will be
difficult to regain.
Experienced investors are no longer interested in talking to brokers: while beginning investors
want advisors who can educate and empower them, not to make trading decisions for them.
People want to have more control of their future by making their own trading decisions.
Investors are convinced that taking educated risks will produce greater returns and will also
prove to be an enjoyable experience.
Many investors feel uneasy about the growing presence of computerized or electronic trading.
How can the average investor compete against individuals with highly sophisticated and
expensive software packages?
I’m referring to computers and programs that are out of reach to the average investor. The
answer is that computers have logic but they can’t think. The market is littered with the debris
of computerized trading programs gone bust.
One such perfect asset management package, run by a U.S. specialized fund, was
programmed to purchase the shares of the cheapest companies in several different sectors.
The fund ended up as the largest shareholder in a number of companies that eventually went
bankrupt as the program continued to accumulate stock as the share price deteriorated.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 21
Computer technology combined with human common sense creates a tool greater than each
alone.
You’ve done the research and analysis and are ready to pull the trigger, buy some shares. You
can call a broker or place your order with an online broker at a significant discount.
The discount broker has an obvious advantage but many beginning traders could learn
valuable insights from the expertise of an experienced technical analyst at a full-service
broker.
The problem is in finding one as the majority of brokers are fundamental analysts with no
interest in the technicals. However your order is placed, it should quickly appear in the Stock
Exchange Automated Trading System (SEATS) computer, ready for execution.
SEATS is a screen based computer trading system that matches buyers and sellers. It replaced
the old floor trading, open outcry, system in 1990.
You can now watch the market and often, literally, see your order executed. If you use an
online broker, there will be a facility on its site for monitoring shares individually and in
groups.
You can check the range on the day, the years highest and lowest price, every price at which
the share traded today and much more. Of immediate interest will be the last price at which
the share traded, the bid and offer prices and how many shares are on offer at each price. This
depth of the market can be a valuable tool.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 22
The screen print shows the Coles Myer code (CML), last price ($7.21), change in price,
percentage change in price, open, high, low, number of trades, etc. There are two buyers at a
price of $7.20, totaling 16,252 shares. There is one seller at $7.21 with 4892 shares. No
transactions will take place until a trader changes their order or another trader enters a new
order. If you are interested in purchasing 4000 shares in Coles Myer and are happy to pay the
$7.21 asking price, your order can be immediately filled, since 4892 shares are on offer.
This ability to determine the likely price at which you will trade, if you place an order, is the
main value of live depth-of-market screens. Some traders will sum the total number of buyers
from the first five bids and compare it to the total sellers from the first five offers. In this case,
the numbers are 48,166 shares to buy and 51,674 shares to sell, relatively equal numbers.
A large difference in numbers could signal the next short term direction of the share price. A
word of caution is warranted here, as large brokers and institutions will place fake orders to
discourage traders from buying or selling, if it interferes with their trading strategy. Knowing
their influence, they will place large orders a safe distance from the last price, with no intention
of trading at that price.
When an order is filled, the investor will receive a contract note with information concerning
the trade. The date of the trade and the settlement date are included. The settlement date is
T+3 (transaction date plus three days), which means, to avoid penalties, ownership and
payment must be completed within three days. Most investors maintain funds with their
broker, often in a cash management account, and the broker is authorized to settle trades by
debiting or crediting the account.
The Clearing House Electronic Subregister System (CHESS) has done away with the need to
deliver scrip, share certificates representing ownership. The computerized CHESS system
records the transaction instantly and can follow any subsequent transactions, regardless of
frequency.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 23
CHAPTER 2
• Tax Scales
• Franking Credits
• Financial Planning
• DIY Superannuation
• Brokers
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 24
Knowing what kind of share market participant you are, how to look for suitable trading
candidates and how to manage both trades and trading funds, puts you well on the way to
being successful in your endeavours. There are still some other issues to cover, though, which
will have an impact on the individual’s overall trading strategy.
Taxation plays an important part in investing and decision-making. Investors are never happy
about paying tax on their hard-earned profits, but if you are paying Capital Gains Tax, it
means you are a successful investor. Investment strategies will be affected by the individual’s
marginal tax rate.
Tax evasion involves arrangements outside the law where the liability to pay tax is concealed
or ignored. It is a criminal offence. Tax minimization, on the other hand, involves
arrangements within the law to legally reduce the amount of tax paid to the level required by
law. The government requires taxpayers to meet their tax obligations but it is the responsibility
of the individual to organize his or her tax affairs so that the fair share, and no more, is paid.
The tax office will not advise you that by changing the way you invest you can legally reduce
your tax liability, increase your return on capital and put money in your pocket. This is an area
where you really need to consult with the professionals. Each individual should see an
accountant and a financial planner before he or she commences trading. The entity under
which you trade under can have significant implications for your return on capital. Paying tax
on profits is one of the costs of the business of trading, but paying more than you are required
is unfair to yourself and your family.
For example, below are the nominal tax scales for residents of Australia for the year 2010-11.
At the Australian Taxation Office Website, a simple tax calculator is available to help you
calculate the tax on your taxable income. The comprehensive tax calculator also takes into
account Medicare levy, HECS/ SFSS repayments, tax offsets and tax credits to give you an
estimate of the amount of your tax refund or debt.
Capital gains tax (CGT) became law on 24 June 1986. The taxation of capital gains means that
profits from share trading are included in assessable income. The legislation also allows for
capital losses to be carried forward indefinitely against current or future capital gains. A capital
gain may be offset against trading losses and against losses from negatively-geared property
investments. The capital gain on shares is the difference between the cost and the disposal.
The amount of taxable gain is dependant upon the acquisition date and the date of disposal.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 25
Shares acquired before 10 September 1985 attract no CGT. Shares acquired before 21
September 1999 include an allowance for the effect of inflation i.e. only real capital gains are
taxed (indexed to 30 September 1999). Shares acquired on or after 21 September 1999 are
taxed based on the length of ownership, with no allowance for the effect of inflation during the
time of ownership.
Shares disposed of within 12 months of the date of acquisition are taxed at the nominal capital
gain. This means you will pay tax on the full profit at your nominal tax rate.
If your income is greater than $80,000 per year, your nominal tax rate is 37 cents per dollar.
This figure does not include the medicare levy. If you are on this rate and declare a $5,000
profit for the financial year, 37%, ($1,850) of your profit goes to the tax office. If your spouse
earns $40,000 per year, he or she has a nominal tax rate of 30 cents per dollar. If the trading
account were in the spouse’s name, $1,500 of the profit goes to the tax office, a saving of
$350 for the investor. If your spouse has no income, the first $6,000 of capital gain is tax free.
This is why it is important to see a Financial Planner before trading commences.
Investor
Income = $80,000 Per Year (37 Cents Per Dollar Over $80,001)
Taxable Gain = Nominal Capital Gain
= $5,000
= $5,000 X 0.37 (Tax Rate Per Dollar)
= $1,850 Taxable Gain
Spouse
Income = $40,000 Per Year (30 Cents Per Dollar Over $37,001)
Taxable Gain = Nominal Capital Gain
= $5,000
= $5,000 X 0.30 (Tax Rate Per Dollar)
= $1,500 Taxable Gain
When shares are held for more than 12 months the taxable gain can be calculated as half the
nominal capital gain. This means that the investor from the previous example, with a profit of
$5,000 and a 37% tax rate, will pay tax on $2,500 of that gain if the shares are not sold within
12 months. This amounts to a final tax liability of $925.00, when holding the asset for 12
months, as opposed to $1,850 when disposing of the shares within 12 months.
Investor
Income = $80,001 Per Year (Tax Of $17,550 Plus 40 Cents Per Dollar Over $80,000)
Taxable Gain = ½ X Nominal Capital Gain
= ½ X $5,000
= $2,500 X .37 (Tax Rate Per Dollar)
= $925.00 Taxable Gain
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 26
The effective top tax rate for individuals is 22.5% (i.e. half of 45%) for gains on shares held
for more than one year. The 1.5% Medicare levy also needs to be considered when calculating
this figure.
This tax concession can have a significant impact on an investor’s style of trading. It is unlikely
to affect the short-term trader as he or she would seldom be in a trading position long enough
to consider the option of holding shares a few months longer to gain a tax concession. The
higher tax rate would simply be the cost of doing business in the chosen style.
The long-term investor and the medium-term trader could have some difficulty with calendar
watching. The long-term investor would have taken this tax concession into consideration and
developed a trading system to suit the favourable conditions of holding shares for 12 months
or longer.
The medium-term trader might exit the majority of trades in less than 12 months but have a
few trading positions that last longer. Each investor could have a problem with an exit signal
11 months into a profitable trade. Exit now and pay the higher tax? Ignore your trading
system’s exit signal? Ignore the signal and you are trading on hope. Hope is a four letter word
that will cost you money.
It is a difficult decision, initially, for a trader to ignore a signal. If the decision to ignore a signal
results in a successful trade, the investor receives positive feedback. It becomes easier to
ignore subsequent signals and eventually the investor is trading what he or she feels. If you
trade what you feel you will lose your money! Experienced traders follow their proven trading
system and set up a tax- effective vehicle to manage capital gains.
For complying superannuation funds the taxable gain is two-thirds of the nominal capital gain
and a nominal tax rate of 15 cents per dollar.
For many traders, this is a tax-effective way to manage capital gains and provide for their
retirement. Investors should talk to a financial planner about the suitability of a self managed
superannuation fund, particularly after the 2008 release of the Superannuation amendments
for Australian residents.
Below are the calculations showing the effective tax rate for a superannuation fund is 10%.
Superannuation Fund
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 27
Most investors are subject to Capital Gains Tax on the disposal of their shares. Some share
market participants, however, are classified as “share traders” for tax purposes.
A “share trader” is entitled to tax relief from a fall in the value of his or her shares, as the
shares are considered trading stock, part of the trader’s business. At the end of the year, the
stock may be valued at “market value”, “replacement value” or “cost price”. If the market
value is less than the original cost price, a share trader may claim a tax loss and offset the loss
against other income or capital gains.
The status of “share trader” is determined by previous sharemarket trading activity, frequency
of share purchases and sales and the trader’s intentions when purchasing the shares. An
investor with a long-term time frame would probably not qualify but short and medium-term
investors that trade frequently could benefit from status as a “share trader”.
The table below presents a clear picture of the CGT rules for all types of shareholders.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 28
Franking Credits
Many companies pay an income distribution, called a dividend, to their shareholders. Investors
often target dividend income as part of their trading strategy. Dividend imputation is a way of
preventing double taxation ie taxation of income at the company level and in the hands of the
shareholder when the dividend is received. The shareholder may receive the dividend payment
and a credit for the tax already paid by the company. This is called a “franked” dividend. An
“unfranked” dividend is paid out of profits on which the company has not paid tax and the
paying of tax is the responsibility of the shareholder. Tax on an unfranked dividend is paid at
the shareholder’s marginal tax rate.
A franked dividend is not exempt from tax but carries with it an imputation credit equivalent to
the company tax paid. This means an investor on a higher Marginal Tax Rate (MTR) will benefit
less from imputation credits than those with a lower MTR. The dividend and the imputation
credit are added to the taxable income of the individual. This is called the “grossed up” value
of the imputation credit.
The tax owing is then calculated, using the shareholders MTR and the imputation credit is
subtracted to arrive at the tax payable. The following examples show how the system works.
From the 1st. July, 2001 the company tax rate is 30%.
An investor with income of $15,000 would pay tax of 15 cents per dollar (see tax scales). The
investor received a fully franked dividend of $1,000. Excess imputation credits can be offset
against any tax payable.
The formula for determining the amount of tax paid, by the company, on a franked dividend is:
Company
$1000 x 30/70 = $428 (rounded to the dollar) Tax paid by Company, i.e. “Imputation Credit”
= $10,428 x .15
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 29
= $1564.20
= $1136.20
The investor on a 15% marginal tax rate is allowed to use excess credits to offset any tax
payable. If there were no tax payable, as of 1 July 2001 the excess franking credits would be
refunded to the shareholder.
The calculation for an investor on a 30 cents per dollar tax rate would look like this:
= $1,328
= $900.00
The investor on the same 30% tax rate as a company would receive the full benefit of a $1000
distribution.
The calculation for an investor on a 45 cents per dollar tax rate would look like this:
= $55,193
= $54,765
The investor on the highest marginal tax rate of 45% would receive $785 dividend income,
after tax, from a distribution of $1,000.
Financial Planning
Investors have several important decisions to make before they commence trading and most
would benefit from a meeting with a knowledgeable financial planner. The selection of the
trading entity is only one of the many services the financial planner can provide.
Financial planning draws from a number of other disciplines, including accounting, risk
management, taxation, legal services, investment, economics and small business
management.
• Estate planning
Financial planners bring their skills, knowledge and experience together to work with the client
in developing a financial strategy and putting it into action.
A knowledgeable financial planner will help you determine where you are today financially,
where you want to be in the future and what resources to use along the way.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 31
DIY Superannuation
Zdenko Simonic, the CEO of SuperEasy® is a regular contributor to our Investing & Online
Trading mentoring style Newsletter, providing valuable information on Self Managed
Superannuation Funds for Australian investors.
The following collated extracts from his newsletter articles are reproduced with his permission.
“The European Union, once a model of economic vigor and financial probity, faces a time bomb
in its generous pension system. Put bluntly, even the most affluent economies in the world
cannot afford them. As birth rates decline and the numbers of aged people increase, Germany,
France, Italy and Spain are struggling to introduce reforms – but against the well organised
opposition of a significant proportion of their population.” starts John McIlwrath’s article in the
November 2003 issue of ASFA’s “Superfunds” magazine.
The article raises the alarming question of how the European Union countries will be able to
support, at the current pension levels, the growing number of retired people with rising life
expectancy and declining birth rates.
“There are currently 35 people of pensionable age for every 100 people of working age in
Europe, but by 2050, on present demographic trends, there will be 75 pensioners for every
100 workers”.
The latest study shows that by the year 2025 there will be less Australians in the under 20 age
bracket than there are Australians aged between 60 and 80 years.
This means that in 2025, there will be about 3.5 workers for every person aged over 65,
instead of currently 5.3. One of the contributing reasons is the fact that we live longer.
Retirement income therefore, needs to last longer as well.
Since 1st of July 2005, Western Australia is no longer the only State where future retirees have
unlimited choice of superannuation funds. Almost 5 million Australians now have the same
basic consumer right as the Western Australians (except for public servants and people not
covered by the state industrial award), to consolidate their superannuation monies and choose
where and how their money is going to be invested.
Employers' contributions are now paid into a fund nominated by the employees. Previously, the
super contributions were paid into the fund chosen by the employer. The Choice of fund can
also include a complying Self Managed Superannuation Fund.
According to the experts, the choice of funds is expected to increase the competition,
culminating in lower fees and increased savings for members. It should also improve the
overall standards of the industry and increase the range of investment options.
Ultimately, the choice will encourage and motivate Australians to start thinking and educating
themselves about their retirement, saving and investing before it is too late, i.e. once they
retire, or even worse, after they are retrenched close to the retirement age and left with only a
lump sum payment in their hands.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 32
The government has been organising educational campaigns to ensure that Australians have
enough information to make an informed decision about the available options. One of the
initiatives is a special web site fully dedicated to the choice of superannuation funds.
The Choice of Fund website is accessible via www.superchoice.gov.au and is the main website
through which the ATO and other Government bodies, such as ASIC and The Treasury,
communicate to individuals, employers and the industry about the choice of superannuation
funds.
The website is designed to guide all employees, employers, and professional advisers through
the introduction and ongoing issues of Choice of superannuation funds. Topics covered include
not only issues concerning Choice of funds, but also financial product advice and general
superannuation related matters. The initiative also provides a new Super Choice Info Line: 13
28 64.
The educational materials supplement the advice consumers should obtain from a licensed
adviser and should also engage consumers to start thinking about investing and retirement in
general. The fact sheets explaining different retirement options are available from the
Australian Securities and Investments Commission’s (ASIC) consumer website, at
www.fido.asic.gov.au/retire
The recent industry push for the full disclosure of fund managers' fees and charges aims to
educate investors, by enabling them to see the fund’s investment performance. The newly
imposed transparency of fees and charges facilitates the making of the right decision when it
comes to investing the retirement nest egg under the new regime.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 33
Self-Managed Superannuation Fund (SMSF), also called Do It Yourself (DIY) Super Fund, is a
superannuation fund that is regulated by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) and all members
of the fund (maximum of 4) are the trustees of the fund. The exceptions to this rule are, if a
member is a minor, or a person is under legal disability.
In such cases regulatory provisions state, that a member of a SMSF cannot be the trustee of
the fund, and needs to be represented by some other trustee of the fund.
The principle that all members of the fund are also the trustees, ensures that each trustee
takes part in the decision making process of the fund. Trustees also ensure that the fund
complies with the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 (SISA), the rules governing
the operation of Self Managed Super Funds, as well as with other legislative and administrative
requirements. Breach of any legislative requirements could result in the fund losing its
complying status and trustees facing civil and criminal penalties.
If a SMSF complies with the SISA standards, the fund is complying superannuation fund and is
taxed concessionally at a maximum rate of 15%. To stay complying, the fund needs to meet
the sole purpose test, i.e. providing benefits to fund's members on or after retirement, paying
benefits to members on the member's death, or benefits being passed on to a member's
dependants or legal representatives.
The main difference between a SMSF and any other type of superannuation fund, such as
government, industry, retail, or corporate fund, is the fact, that SMSF trustees also being the
members of the fund cannot pay themselves any fee for performing trustees' duties. This
works in the SMSF's advantage if trustees properly manage the fund's activity, therefore
saving on the professional trustee's fees. This can also be a disadvantage, and can waste the
fund's assets, if the trustees are not proficient and diligent in performing his/her duties.
So when deciding which type of fund you want to invest your retirement nest egg in, make
sure that you understand all the available options, this being one of the most important
investment decisions you will ever make.
SMSF is an option for investors, looking to have control over their superannuation assets, who
are prepared to work at managing their investments and enjoy the benefits. Apart from
managing the investments, some other responsibilities of the trustees are:
There are two types of regulated Self Managed Super Funds. The most common type is usually
called a non-corporate trustee SMSF, and the other one a corporate trustee SMSF. Non-
corporate trustee SMSF can be a single or multiple member fund. Corporate trustee Self
Managed Super Fund can also be single or multiple member fund.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 34
Non-corporate trustee single member fund has only one member. The member is also the
trustee of the fund, and the fund must have another individual as a trustee only. The second
trustee cannot be a member of the fund. He or she can be a relative of the member, or
alternatively, can be any other person providing the member is not an employee of that
person.
Non-corporate trustee multiple member fund has more than one, and up to four members.
Each trustee of the fund is also the member of the fund. Members of the fund cannot be
employees of another member, unless they are related.
Corporate trustee single member fund has only one member and a company as a trustee. The
member:
o Must be related to the other director of the trustee company and they have to be the
only two directors of that company.
Corporate trustee multiple member fund has more than one, and up to four members, and a
company as the trustee of the fund. Each director of the company is a member of the fund.
For more information about any superannuation issue phone the Australian Taxation Office
(ATO) Superannuation Infoline on 13 10 20, or visit their web site: www.ato.gov.au/super
Before embarking on a self managed superannuation fund (SMSF) journey, potential trustees
need to make sure that they not only understand all pros and contras of managing a DIY super
fund, but also, they need to read on the subject continuously, and be well informed with the
ongoing legislative and compliance issues.
The recommended and prudent approach is always to seek the professional advice from an
AFSL holder before making any financial decision! (AFSL -Australian Financial Services Licence
- is a license issued by ASIC under the FSRA that permits the issuing of a financial product or
giving of financial product advice.)
If considering a Self Managed Superannuation Fund (SMSF), please note the following
restrictions relevant to SMSFs:
It is the duty of the SMSF trustees to separate the SMSF assets from their own personal
assets, or assets belonging to their business.
SMSF assets cannot be used for personal or business purpose, this representing the "sole
purpose test" i.e. the funds in the SMSF are for retirement purposes only, and cannot be
accessed generally until retirement.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 35
Money from the fund must not, under any circumstance, be used for personal or business
purposes, as mentioned above. The fund's assets must not be viewed as a form of credit or
emergency reserve, should the need arise! The main purpose of the superannuation
investment is to generate and grow retirement benefits for the members.
The ATO, being the regulator of the self managed superannuation funds, offers trustees
booklets emphasising the importance of fulfilling SMSFs obligations when it comes to
compliance issues.
One of these booklets "Role and responsibilities of trustees" is a must reading for everyone
running or thinking about starting their own self managed superannuation fund, and it covers
SMSF issues from "A to Z" including:
o What is superannuation?
o What is a self managed superannuation fund?
o Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act (SIS Act) requirements
o Compliance with the sole purpose test
o Accepting the contributions in accordance with the rules
o Managing the fund's investments
o Paying benefits in accordance with the rules
o Meeting administrative obligations
o Appointing an approved auditor
o Winding up the self managed superannuation fund
o Penalties and compliance
o Compliance checklist for trustees.
Copies of the booklet are available by contacting the ATO Super Helpline: 13 10 20, or you can
download a copy from www.ato.gov.au/super
Choosing the right superannuation fund as part of your overall individual investment strategy
can be an effective way of achieving your personal financial goals. However no two
superannuation funds are the same.
You should speak to a licensed financial advisor before proceeding with any investment
including superannuation, and in particular self managed superannuation.
You need to understand the main features of all types of superannuation funds and request
assistance regarding investing in a particular fund from a licensed financial advisor before
making any decision.
There are risks, costs and charges in choosing to invest in superannuation and self managed
superannuation.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 36
There are also risks associated with choosing particular investments – all investments are
subject to varying risks and generally all change in value. Different asset classes perform
differently at different times.
Every class of asset and each individual asset within a class have different risks associated with
them. Whilst the following summary is not exhaustive, the ones mentioned below are the most
significant:
o Inflation: may exceed the return on any investment in a given period
o Individual investment risk: Individual assets can fall in value for many
reasons, such as changes in the internal operations or management of a
fund or company we invest in, or in its business environment
o Market risk: Economic, technological, political or legal conditions, and even
market sentiment, can change, and changes in such market conditions can
affect the value of investments in the fund
o Interest rate risk: Changes in interest rates can have a positive or
negative impact directly or indirectly on investment values and returns – for
example the income return on a fixed interest security or the underlying
cost of a company’s borrowing
o Changes to superannuation law: Changes are frequently made to
superannuation law, which may affect your ability to access your
investment. Recent changes to Family law mean that your superannuation
entitlement may now be split with your spouse, by agreement or court
order, if you should permanently separate
o Changes to taxation law: Changes can also occur to the taxation
treatment of superannuation moneys, which may affect the value of your
investment and ultimate benefits receivable.
There are also costs and charges associated with investing in superannuation. Here is a list of
some of them:
o Entry fees and or exit fees
o Investment charges
o Management fees
o Administration/Accounting fees
o Audit charges
o ATO levy
o Legal costs
o Other costs
Finally, there is a taxation aspect of superannuation. The superannuation fund is, in general,
subject to tax at the rate of 15% on the taxable contributions it receives and its net fund
earnings.
Simpler Super
New Superannuation legislation has been effective from July 1, 2007. The new legislation
simplifies and streamlines significantly the Superannuation process, removing complex tax
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 37
This article outlines the main changes and summarizes the new legislation, but we recommend
that you contact your service provider or the Australian Taxation Office if you need further
clarification and assistance. Please note that while there are general guidelines applying to the
Superannuation and its application in the future, each case needs to be fully investigated in
order to assess how the take the advantage of the latest legislation in the proper manner.
o Self-employed may be able to claim full tax deduction of super contributions and be
eligible for Super Co-Contribution.
o From 20 September 2007 the pension assets test taper rate is halved to $1.50 per
fortnight for every $1,000 of assets above the assets test free area.
o The ATO Supervisory Levy for self managed superannuation funds (SMSF) increased
from $45 to $150 per annum.
o For SMSFs the ATO has streamlined reporting requirements with new administrative
penalties for late returns and false statements.
o The ATO is also working on improving the operation and effectiveness of reuniting
people with their lost superannuation entitlements and it will take more active role in
consolidation of lost accounts.
From the above you can see that, in Australia, people over 60 year of age and in pension do
not pay any tax on the income stream from the super fund - no CGT, no tax on dividends,
distributions, interest and so on.
This brings us to another important issue relating to the Choice: the role of a Self Managed
Superannuation Fund (SMSF) under the Choice regime, and the question of whether "to SMSF
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 38
or not". There are contrasting schools of thought when it comes to SMSFs, with criticism
mainly pointing to the risk/compliance factors and lack of expertise of the trustees.
Self Managed Superannuation Funds are not suited for every investor. Potential trustees will
need to consider investment risks, on-going costs and the time and skill required of running a
SMSF.
Before seeing a professional advisor, it is a good idea to get educated through reading and by
browsing the government web sites www.superchoice.gov.au and www.ato.gov.au (select the
superannuation pages).
Both websites are excellent sources of information, providing definitions, specific rules and
regulations, aimed at a wide audience from financial professionals, accountants, lawyers, tax
agents and trustees of funds.
For the more generic approach to the subject, more information about SMSFs is also available
on the SuperEasy web site, under Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ). The following table is
designed to help potential trustees understand some of the aspects of superannuation and
SMSFs and prepare them for a discussion with his or her AFSL adviser:
Question Answer
Y/N
Do you know what an adviser’s commission is and how it works?
Are you willing to invest at least 1 hour per week reading about
Y/N
investing and issues relevant to the superannuation and SMSFs?
Superannuation and relating topics have always been one of the most important social and
economic issues of almost every country in the world.
It is important for every Australian to understand and appreciate the impact the new legislation
could have on their lives.
Our government is attempting to educate the public and put in place mechanisms that enable
a smooth transition to the new superannuation system.
Choice of super funds will shift control and decision making towards the end user and with this
comes newly acquired responsibility and accountability. Now is the time for Australians to start
thinking and planning in advance, by educating themselves and understanding the relating
issues.
Gaining the knowledge and understanding of the relevant superannuation issues will help the
legislative changes to have a positive and meaningful long term beneficial effect on our society.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
To find out more about SuperEasy®; SMSF establishment and annual administration service,
please click on the link below.
Disclaimer: SuperEasy Pty Ltd is not licensed to provide advice on investments, or legalities
of the types of investments that you can have. We strongly recommend that you seek a
professional advice from an AFSL holder before making any investment choice or decision.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 40
Choosing A Broker
Brokers are an essential part of the workings of the share market. Their services can range
from simply executing buy and sell orders to offering advice and research.
Full Service Broker
Advantages:
• Knowledge of market participants - who the consistent buyers and sellers are and
whether a large line of stock is waiting on the sideline and how it will impact on
prices.
• Knowledge of the client - understanding the clients trading equity, shareholdings,
risk profile and how often he or she trade.
• Knowledge of market information that might affect the clients decision to buy or sell
a particular share.
• Ability to “work” an order to the client’s advantage. A large order in a share with
low liquidity could cause a price move that would disadvantage the client. The
broker could slowly feed the order into the market in smaller parcels to the benefit
of the client
• Company research.
• Advice.
Disadvantages:
I encourage inexperienced technical analysts to find a full service broker that uses technical
analysis and has a similar trading style to them. There are a number of reasons why this can
be an advantage:
• Training. Inexperienced traders often ask “where do I start?” They might have
developed their trading system but finding shares and pulling the trigger is a big
step. A good broker / technical analyst will be sending their clients charts on a daily
basis, with recommendations on where to buy, sell and place stops.
Also, many will advise on whether the shares belong in a trading or investment
account and if the trade is suitable for a DIY super fund. This gives the
inexperienced trader valuable insights as they observe the step by step process of
trading by a professional. A lot will be learned, even if the broker’s trading style is
different from the clients.
• Time-saving by working together to find trading opportunities. A broker / technical
analyst’s working life is centered around finding potential successful trading
opportunities and managing existing positions.
An example is a successful Melbourne broker with a large number of clients using
technical analysis. He is the centre of the network, with potential trading
opportunities flowing to him and, when appropriate, on to other clients in the
network.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 41
• Accountability. Many traders like the anonymity of internet trading. No one knows
what they are doing. What company shares they own or the size of their positions.
This is all right for the experienced investor but internet trading can be an easy
place to hide for the beginner. There is no one to see their mistakes and failures,
no one looking over their shoulder to question the wisdom of their trading decisions,
when this is exactly what the inexperienced trader needs.
The broker / technical analyst will want information on the analysis behind the
trading decision, the stop, money management, position sizing and position
management. Beginning traders will be accountable for their investment decisions
and they will be better traders for it.
Beginning traders will have a trading system with rules to handle every contingency.
They will have a well thought out strategy, before they pick up the phone to call
their broker, as there will be no place to hide. The extra cost of trading with a full
service broker is worth the opportunity to form a partnership with a professional.
Internet discount broking has allowed investors to choose what services they pay for. It has
separated the actual transaction cost from the cost of advice and other services. The low-cost
benefit of online trading is the primary attraction, though many internet discount brokers are
attracting traders with some or all of the following services:
• Better research
• Transaction speed
• Charting service
Every trader will be faced with the decision of whether to use a full service or discount broker.
A beginning trader’s partnership with a broker who uses technical analysis could provide the
knowledge and confidence necessary for successful trading. With the right professional,
beginning traders can analyse every aspect of every trade recommendation, following the
broker’s strategy while perfecting their own.
For the experienced investor with no need or interest in talking to a broker, the internet
discount broker delivers cost benefits and total control over buy and sell decisions.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 42
Conditional Orders
Conditional orders give traders increased flexibility to manage their trades by placing an IF
order that's held off market and out of view. They are only activated:
9 IF the price is rising and trades with an upward volume of (A) at price (B) or above,
then BUY (C) shares up to a limit price of (D)
And/or
IF the price is falling and trades with a downward volume of (P) at price (Q) or less,
then SELL (R) shares AT MARKET (or some people limit the sell price).
An extra condition may be that the broker does not place your order until say 1/2 to 1 hour
after the market opens (or in the final match out at the close), to avoid excess volatility.
A potential downside is that automated stop loss selling can create false intraday ‘avalanche
selling’ and trades may be exited prematurely. An operated assisted stop loss broker helps
eliminate this weakness. They provide a hybrid service, combining computers with a team of
brokers to monitor the conditional orders.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 43
CHAPTER 3
MARKET PSYCHOLOGY
• Emotions
• Herd Mentality
• False Prophets
• Gambling
• Myths
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 44
Now we know how the market works, we need to look at the detail-the participants, why
people trade shares, how damaging the wrong psychology can be-so we can figure out the
characteristics of a successful investor.
Many professional traders believe psychology is the most important element to successful
trading. Confronting fears, overcoming emotions such as panic, indecision, anger and greed,
and building up patience, confidence and detachment are all necessary survival tactics.
The bad news is that the majority of beginning traders are psychologically ill-suited to trading.
They are programmed for failure. Consciously, otherwise successful people attempt to transfer
beliefs and methods to investing that won’t work. They reason that what worked well in other
areas should be applied to investing. Unconsciously, everyone brings along with them baggage
from past experiences that interfere with the way they view markets and investing.
The good news is that an understanding of the psychological pitfalls is the first step towards
overcoming the problems they present. Reading this chapter is taking that first step. The
second step is in knowing yourself well enough to identify your areas of weakness. Self
awareness is a key to successful investing.
The following sections outline areas of concern of which every investor should be aware.
Emotions
Stress, fear, greed, denial and revenge are enemies of the investor.
Investors might enter trades with good intentions but often lose control of their emotions. This
loss of control leads to poor buying and selling decisions, i.e. poor position management. It is
difficult to make objective decisions and follow a disciplined trading strategy when under
emotional stress.
Emotions interfere with trading when the investor is focused on the money. If a trader has to
produce a certain level of income, or needs a few successful trades to stay liquid, trades are
often taken for the wrong reasons.
The successful investor is focused on a trading system and money is a by-product of the
success of the system.
Also, a dollar lost is twice as painful as a dollar gained. This can have serious implications on a
beginning investor’s trading decisions. Recent studies have found that beginning traders are
risk averse when initiating a trade but are loss averse once they are in the market. That is,
they will do almost anything not to have to close a losing position, often resulting in even
larger losses. In addition, profitable trades are often closed out too early to ensure they remain
a profit.
Investors that trade on gut feelings and emotions often redo their analysis at emotional
extremes and invent reasons to initiate a trade or hold onto a losing position.
Successful investors also have to keep an eye on their egos. When investors believe they are
invincible, the market will quickly prove them wrong. With a few losses, fear appears and
desperation trading can result in significant draining of money and self-belief.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 45
Many inexperienced traders feel victimized when they have losing trades. They feel that the
market is out to get them. This often results in revenge trading, where obstinate investors will
repeatedly return to the same share or sector to get it right and get their money back.
Many investors adopt the BHP approach – they Buy, Hope and Pray. Lacking a clear trading
strategy, they hope the shares they own will rise in price to give them an opportunity to exit
the position at a higher price. After the shares are sold, their hope is that the share price will
fall, confirming the sell as the right decision. If the share price continues to rise it often causes
a considerable amount of anxiety as the hopeful count the money lost in opportunity.
Peace of mind is unlikely to be restored until the share price retreats below the trader’s exit
price. Meanwhile, this emotional rollercoaster is exerting a negative influence on all trading
decisions.
Beginners want to be part of a group. They enjoy the comfort of numbers and running with the
crowd. This is not an advantage, as the majority are generally wrong. Professional traders
attempt to stay ahead of the crowd by analyzing its behavior. There are several advisory
services that publish the results of polling advisors and experts on their recommendations.
Contrarians use this information to trade against the crowd.
A tremendous amount of time is spent trying to find an entry signal with a very high rate of
success. The beginning traders’ search for this Holy Grail entry has produced an industry of
designer systems and seminar experts. They reinforce the myth that the proper entry
technique gives the trader control over the markets.
The entry signal is an important part of the trading system but where do I get in? is not the
most important question the investor should ask. Traders should be asking where do I get
out?, for it is the exit signal that allows traders to control profits and losses.
Beginning traders who purchase complete systems are invariably disappointed with the trading
results. The people selling the trading systems are the only ones making money. Holy Grail
trading systems proliferate towards the end of bull markets and disappear altogether when a
bear market prevails. They are optimized and curve- fitted to historical data and current
market conditions. They are doomed to failure with any change in present market conditions.
Many traders will lose money trading the experts’ system and will then purchase others until
they run out of money or develop a system of their own.
There is more to a trading system than the tools that generate buy and sell signals, such as:
False Prophets
The search for the holy grail often leads inexperienced traders to market gurus for leadership
and direction. They believe the key to wealth is in finding the advisor with the secret to the
universe.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 46
Some gurus offer specific trading advice and others promote their unique trading method. The
media is happy to satisfy their public’s needs with extensive coverage of the predictions of
gurus.
Accurate predictions are used for further publicity and failures are quickly forgotten. Several
fortune tellers are still trumpeting successful predictions on the October 1987 market crash.
How accurate can an adviser’s track record be when they need to recall successful predictions
from more than a decade in the past?
Often overlooked is the advisor’s self interest in the securities being touted. Full disclosure
would lend some credibility.
Advisers also fill the inexperienced trader’s need for complex theories about the reasons for
market action. Advisors and economists are good at explaining why something happened but it
is a different matter when discussing what will likely happen next. As I said earlier, sometimes
economics is called the dismal science because it accurately describes the success of
economist’ forecasts of events.
Predicting market direction is so difficult that information services regularly poll the advisors
and newsletter writers for advice on specific investment strategies and distribute the results to
their clients.
A contrary opinion investment strategy is suggested, as historical results have shown that
when 80% of the experts agree, prices will move in the opposite direction.
Gambling
Trading attracts individuals with a self destructive streak who enjoy taking risks. They are
often impulsive, trading short-term for the thrill. The adventure and excitement of trading is a
major reason people are drawn to the markets. Successful investors learn to keep their
emotions under control.
Gamblers believe that after several consecutive losing bets, the odds increase on the next bet
being a winner. The trader-gambler is constantly looking for a change in market direction,
creating tradable tops or bottoms.
Market Myths
There are certain myths about the share market of which beginning traders should be aware.
The following points expose some of the more common myths:
Over the long term, fund managers will produce results coinciding with index performance.
If you factor in management fees, their results often fall below the index.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 47
There are three time periods in the last 100 years, lasting 20 years each, where investors
holding shares for the entire 20 years made little or no profit, adjusted for inflation.
Bear markets can last for considerable periods of time and offer trading opportunities via a
number of strategies, including short selling, buying put options and put warrants and the
granting (writing) of call options.
At any time, regardless of the direction of the major indices, there are market sectors that
are in a bear trend. A balanced, diversified portfolio would include not only buying shares in
rising sectors but a strategy for taking advantage of opportunities in falling sectors.
Fund managers encourage investors to remain in funds for the long term, stressing that it
is time in the market that matters. An investor caught in a fund for one of the 20 year time
periods mentioned earlier, would likely suffer dramatically, while the fund consistently
collects its management fees. Timing is crucial, and is one of the main reasons so many
investors are becoming interested in technical analysis.
Blue-chip shares can fall just as hard and just as far as any other share. Size is important
when combined with quality. Healthy, blue-chip companies in a rising sector is a powerful
combination.
Brett N. Steenbarger, Ph.D. is Director of Trader Development for Kingstree Trading, LLC in
Chicago and Clinical Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at SUNY Upstate
Medical University in Syracuse, NY. A clinical psychologist and active trader for the past 20
years, Brett is the author of ‘The Psychology of Trading’ and numerous articles on trading
psychology for financial publications.
In July, 2004, Dr. Steenbarger stepped down from his medical school faculty position and
began intensive work with traders at Kingstree Trading.
Drawing upon an intensive research program that began in 1998, he has created a
number of unique measures of market trend, momentum, and institutional activity
designed to aid short-term traders. These measures, and the trading strategies derived from
them, have been chronicled on his site at www.brettsteenbarger.com
The following articles and responses to readers’ questions have appeared in our ‘What’s Up
Doc?’ section in our Investing & Online Trading Newsletter. They are reproduced here with his
permission.
The following topics apply to investors and traders with experience levels ranging from
complete novice through to advanced.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 48
Having worked with many professional and retail traders since the publication of my
book (The Psychology of Trading; Wiley, 2003), I have found that success is not found in a
single trading or investment strategy, but rather in the harmonious blending of an investor's
personality with his or her trading approach.
When traders lose money, it is often because they are trading in a manner that does not take
advantage of their cognitive and personality strengths and, indeed, may unwittingly be playing
to their weaknesses.
In this article, I'd like to toss out a few considerations relevant to the matching of your
investment style and your personality.
• The time frame of your holdings will determine your emotional experience.
As an investor, your business plan should outline the time frame appropriate for your trades.
Are you buying and holding undervalued companies for years, expecting a large, long-term
return? Are you trading in and out of shares with positive news or favourable momentum
patterns?
Positive returns can be achieved either way, but your experience as a longer-term investor will
differ significantly from your experience as a shorter-term trader. Longer time frames allow for
more movement: the variation in expected price changes increases as the holding time
expands.
This means that, on average, longer-term investments will produce larger (hopefully
temporary) drawdown (losses of capital or reductions in unrealized gains) than shorter-term
ones. Shares that move from $20 to $30 in a year's time and then back down to $24 in the
next few months before trading at $40 six months later require the investor to accept a
temporary drawdown of 20% (the drop from $30 to $24) before doubling his or her money.
Such draw downs can be gut wrenching and are not easy to accept for individuals who are risk
averse. Indeed, risk averse investors often find themselves cutting their gains short because
they cannot stomach the temporary reversals that are expectable over longer time frames.
Conversely, shorter holding periods require more active monitoring of the markets and more
frequent decision making.
This is fine for individuals who enjoy following the markets, but may be burdensome to those
who would like their investments to do the work for them while they go about the business of
life. While draw downs will be smaller for the active trader, frequent decision making produces
its own stresses and can be deadly for those with impulse control problems (gamblers, etc.)
The line dividing active trading from overtrading is small indeed.
• The time frame of your holdings will determine your business overhead.
You want to think of your investments as a kind of business. Like any business, they are
designed to produce a favourable economic return. You'll maximize your profits if you keep
your business expenses down. In the trading world, expenses are associated with each
transaction.
If you buy at the market (at the offer price) and sell at the market (at the bid price), you lose
at least a tick on either side.
For actively traded shares, this may not amount to much, but for less actively traded issues--
or for some futures contracts--it can add up in a hurry, particularly if you are frequently
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 49
changing your positions. Of course, there is a commission cost associated with each
transaction and, even at discount rates, these can accumulate. A trader who trades once a day
and pays even $5 for each side of the transaction will have spent roughly $2500 on
commissions at the end of the year.
At that rate, a $100,000 account would have to earn a trading profit of 2.5% just to break
even before taxes! While shorter holding periods can look attractive because they minimize
draw downs, they can sink your investment business through increased transaction costs.
• The time frame of your holdings will determine your trading strategy.
A professional trader holding onto a futures contract for only a couple of minutes in order to
buy at the bid price and sell at the offer cannot afford the luxury of exhaustive analysis. The
time frame is so short that decisions are necessarily made at an intuitive level. As time frames
widen out, they also open the door to explicit analyses, such as technical, fundamental, and
statistical analysis.
The active short-term trader who holds on to positions only for a day or two will tend to be less
concerned with company and economic fundamentals than the longer-term investor, because
those fundamentals aren’t likely to change dramatically in a day’s time.
Such active traders are thus more likely to attend to technical variables, such as short-term
trending behaviour, momentum, and volume. Longer-term investors will widen their research
horizons and will likely look, not only at the growth potentials of the firms they are
considering, but the growth potential for the national economy and the likely impacts of such
global factors as currency rate movement, energy price behaviour, and shifts in interest rates.
Many investments are held for intermediate time frames (six months to several years), where
a combination of analytic approaches can make the greatest sense.
Perhaps the soundest investment strategy of all is diversification. A well diversified portfolio
which invests in instruments that are not highly correlated with each other can enhance return
and reduce risk.
Share prices, even from different market sectors (industries), still tend to be highly correlated,
influenced by the movement in broad market averages. Diversification thus requires an
allotment of assets to different investments, such as fixed income, real estate, stocks, and
commodities. For example, in an inflationary environment, your fixed income may not perform
so well, but your returns will be bolstered by the performance of commodities. A slowing
economy could hurt commodities, but support fixed income, as investors seek safety.
When your financial eggs are mostly in a single basket, the emotional pain can be severe when
that basket is threatened. Holding different stocks is better than putting all of one’s capital in a
single issue, but it is still a single basket in terms of asset class. Hedging the bets is a great aid
to sound sleep.
I have always kept my trading capital (the money that I use for active trading) separate from
my investment capital, and I have always made sure that the trading capital is a very small
percentage of my total capital.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 50
Moreover, within my investment capital, I have always made sure that any single investment
does not get more than a 5% allotment. What this means is that, if an investment or trade
goes sour, I will not suffer a debilitating blow.
To a risk averse individual like me, that works perfectly. I may not make double digit returns
year after year, but neither has my investment “business” ever lost money in a year. It is not
unusual for traders to make money for a period of time and then lose it all when they make an
unusually large bet on a particular trade.
When placing a large portion of one’s capital in a single investment, one not only increases the
risk and potential reward, but the emotionality associated with those. Such strong emotions
have a way of distorting perception, overriding well-laid plans, and sabotaging the investment
business. The idea is to make reasonable, consistent profits that can compound over time—not
seek a quick killing that can mortally wound your account.
• Your risk management will determine the success or failure of your investment
business.
One key metric that separates successful traders from unsuccessful ones is the average length
of time they hold onto winning trades versus losers. Because, as we’ve seen, lengthening
holding times also increases the variability in the outcomes of a trade, holding onto losing
trades inevitably results in devastating losses.
In fact, I have known traders who make many more winning trades than losing ones and yet
lose money consistently. This is because the size of their losers far exceeds the size of their
winners.
Similarly, with longer-term investments, a loss of 50% of your capital means that you
have to double your money subsequently just to return to your starting point!
I encourage traders and investors alike to think of each of their trades as hypotheses: You are
like a scientist hypothesizing that the investment will give you a favourable return. Like any
good scientist, you will need to know what will disconfirm your hypotheses.
For example, if your analysis shows that a company’s shares are in an uptrend and you believe
this trend will continue over the next year (due to favourable fundamentals), a break of the
trendline may disconfirm your idea.
This disconfirmation acts as a “stop loss”, allowing you to minimize the financial pain of those
occasions when you’re wrong. Setting stop losses so that only a small portion of capital can be
lost on any given investment and honouring those stops is an essential part of success at any
time frame.
Research in cognitive neuroscience suggests that the region of the brain that is
primarily responsible for such executive functions as planning, judgment, and reasoning is the
frontal cortex. This area is activated with enhanced blood flow
when we are in a “thinking” mode.
The brain areas predominantly associated with strong emotional experience, such as the
amygdala, divert this blood flow from the frontal cortex during periods of high excitement or
stress, literally putting us “out of our mind” for that time.
Trading and investment should not be emotional roller-coasters, and, if they are, we will likely
be making financial decisions when we are not in our right minds.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 51
By matching our investment style to our personalities and following basic rules of
diversification, position sizing, and risk management, we will stand the best chance of success
in the business of asset management.
Dr Brett Steenbarger
When I was younger and fitter I played soccer. My skills were okay, but I tended to panic when
I possessed the ball and heard the opposition hurtling towards me. Unfortunately I've carried
this kink in my think over into my share trading.
I love trading. I've been learning and applying in earnest for the past year and have managed
to overcome several barriers. However, three times I have panicked during a broad market sell
off and sold out as I watched my paper profits disappear.
The latest example was yesterday. I'd struck a purple patch recently and the paper profits
were looking very healthy. However, my positions began retracing without hitting my stops
and those paper profits disappeared like sand slipping through my fingers.
When the market dropped yesterday, I found this too much to handle and I sold out at just
above break even! I know I won't be a good trader until I learn a few strategies to conquer
these panic attacks.
I have a few observations and suggestions for our earnest and motivated trader. But first, let
me ask you—the reader—to review what he wrote and identify what you think is the most
important thing he said. One way of doing that is to figure out what you would first ask him if
you were counselling him directly. Would you inquire about:
My first question to our trader would be “something else”. I would say to him, “That’s
interesting; you say you’ve managed to overcome several barriers. Could you tell me about
those barriers and how you overcame them?”
Why would I ask this? Simple: Whatever he did to overcome his earlier barriers may hold the
kernel of a solution for his current dilemma. Those solutions reflect the genuine and unique
strengths of each individual.
Instead of focusing on the problem and unwittingly reinforcing the notion that he is the
problem—Note how easily he jumps from the issue of handling sell-offs to the larger,
personalized problem of “I know I won’t be a good trader”—it makes sense to apply his known
strengths to the challenge at hand.
This reinforces the important message that even very good traders face huge hurdles to
success.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 52
Let’s say you come to me with a trading issue and I find out that you recently worked out a
marital problem. You and your spouse learned to be better listeners by not taking
disagreements personally and, instead, using them to identify each other’s needs and desires.
Right away, we might then take a look at how you’ve been able to listen to your spouse and
how you became able to not take differences personally. Perhaps this same strategy could
work when it comes to listening to the market and not allowing your self-esteem to ride the
market’s ups and downs!
The working assumption of the solution-focused therapist is that somewhere, at some time,
each of us has successfully dealt with situations that are similar to the present dilemma.
Depressed people aren’t always depressed, so how about finding out what they’re doing when
they’re feeling better about themselves? Couples with problems don’t always argue; what are
they doing right when they’re getting along?
And our trader is not always panicking in the market, even when markets don’t always move
his way. It would be worth identifying what he’s doing during those times: the kernels of
solutions are often hidden in exceptions to problem patterns.
As it happens, I faced a dilemma much like our trader’s early in my trading career. I became
panicky whenever I increased my size, as even normal movements against my position felt too
risky. I overcame that problem when I examined how I handled risk in other areas of my life.
For example, whenever I tackled a new project as a psychologist, such as writing a journal
article, I always made sure that there was a guaranteed home for the article before I had
finished it. I did this by consulting with editors ahead of the writing. My logic was that, by
securing my publication, I could free myself to focus on the process of writing.
Similarly with trading, I learned to take guaranteed profits when positions went my way. Once
a trade moved in my favor by the amount I was willing to risk on the trade, I immediately
created a trailing stop on the position that guaranteed a profit. As a result, a winning trade
could never become a loser.
As the position moved in my favour, the stop moved with it, locking in an increasing profit.
The security of knowing, “This trade will be a winner, no matter what” provided the
reassurance I needed to counteract fears of risk.
In my work with high frequency traders, I’ve used the same rationale to create trailing stops
on daily profit/loss, so that, once the trader is up by a certain amount of money during the day,
the stop point for the trading session is moved to a level of assured profitability.
My solution may not be yours; the beauty of solution-focused counseling is that it allows each
person to craft solutions based on their experience—not the abstract advice of a guru.
If you can identify the occasions when you’re already a good trader, the chances are good that
an analysis of those occasions will start you on the road toward solving the next market
challenge.
Dr Brett Steenbarger
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 53
My son brought home an expression once - "To know and not to do is not to know"
Having studied this newsletter (Investing & Online Trading) and many books I fully understand
the importance of cutting losses short and letting profits run
Yet when tested and the market suddenly drops below my stop loss I immediately calculate in
my mind how much money that is and equate it to what I could have done with it e.g.
something around the house, an air trip overseas, many air trips overseas and just freeze.
Then when the pain gets really huge, either I'm the last one selling at the very bottom or I
think "I won't do that again & be the last one out" so do nothing at all, in which case the rest
disappears to virtually nothing.
Frozen
Hi Frozen,
Your problem is more common than you might realise. Many traders spend considerable time
figuring out when and how to enter the market, but put far less effort into determining exits
and the amount of capital to risk on their trades. As you describe it, the hitting of your stop
losses is triggering a sense of regret.
That, in turn, produces a stream of thoughts regarding all the wonderful things that could have
been done with the money lost. Such a pattern raises the distinct possibility for me that your
stops and/or your position sizes are too extreme for your personal risk tolerance.
Personality studies among traders have failed to unearth a single set of traits that is associated
with trading success. We do know, however, that personality is an important determinant in
one’s risk tolerance.
As a whole, people who are extroverted and who have a high need for variety and stimulation
tend to be greater risk takers than those who are introverted and who desire greater routine
and stability.
Many times traders don’t know themselves well and set risk parameters for their trading that
are not appropriate for their personalities.
As a result, normal trading events, such as being stopped out of a trade, produce abnormal
emotional upheaval, interfering with subsequent decision making.
This is especially true when traders are undercapitalized relative to the position sizes they are
trading and the amount they are risking on each trade.
• Position sizing – Placing large bets on trades leads to significant volatility in one’s
profit/loss statement, and this can contribute to emotional volatility. In many markets,
news events and the actions of large traders can move prices many ticks or even points
in a short period of time, creating outsized losses when stops are missed (due to the
market gapping and not trading at the stop price).
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 54
One trader I worked with recently had sizable bids comfortably below the market prior
to the release of an economic report. The market’s violent reaction to the news filled
the trader’s position, and prices proceeded to move against the trader. That single loss
wiped out months of previous profits.
• Stops – It is common for traders to enter large position sizes relative to their account
sizes and then hope to balance the risk by entering tight stops. The problem with this
strategy is that simple, random price action ensures that the stops will be hit on many
occasions, leading to ‘death by a thousand cuts’.
The opposite problem, placing overly wide stops or not utilizing stops at all, creates the
situation you mention in which a small number of losing trades eat up your capital.
One statistic I make sure my traders keep is the average size of their winning and
losing trades. It is very, very difficult for traders to make money over
time if their losing trades tend to be larger than their winners. Wide or non-existent
stops ensure that large losers will eventually swamp a portfolio.
• Holding Period – The longer one holds a trade, the greater the expectable price
variation. Prices move more in a day than an hour, and they move more in a week
than a day. Extending your holding period is equivalent to increasing your position size,
creating more exposure to adverse price movements.
When traders hold onto losing trades, they create a double risk exposure, as they
widen their time frames precisely at those times when they’re trading their worst.
If one’s trading method calls for a longer holding period (measured in days rather than
minutes or hours), stops will need to be wider, given the expectable degree of normal,
random price fluctuation.
This means that position sizing becomes critical to risk management. The risk of a day
trade of hundreds of shares and the risk of a long-term trade of only 100 shares may
be equivalent.
It is vitally important to think of the hitting of stops as normal market events. Your stop is
your way of knowing that the idea behind your trade was wrong. Because we are fallible and
markets are uncertain, we will be wrong frequently.
Many great traders lose on more trades than they win. Because their wins are larger than
their losses, however, they make good livings.
Stops are their friends, keeping them out of those large losers that eat up many days
of profit.
As I’ve mentioned elsewhere, even a trader who is right 60% of the time and wrong on 40% of
occasions will have runs of three losses 6% of the time—many times a year for active traders.
If stops are too wide (or are disregarded), these normal, expectable runs of losses create what
is called risk of ruin.
Because all traders are subject to risk of ruin, keeping position sizes aligned with holding
periods and stops is essential to success. If you’re trading large relative to your account size
and you’re worrying about stops being hit, maybe you should worry.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 55
My advice, Frozen, is to reduce your position size to the point where having your stops hit
becomes no big deal.
When your stop is hit, you want to think, “That’s OK; I can make this back.” You don’t want to
feel like it’s a calamity. If a string of five consecutive losing trades would knock you for a loop,
financially or emotionally, you know you’re trading too large.
All active traders eventually undergo such slumps, even the pros. It’s tough to win at the game
if you’re knocked out of the game!
Dr Brett Steenbarger
“... I discovered that many of my trades lacked consistency in execution….. also I found that,
when I performed my homework and remained focused on the market rather than on my
profits and losses, I actually traded reasonably well.
If you have a valid, tested methodology (and this is a significant “if”) and if you are
underperforming the method’s historical performance, there is a real possibility that you … are
encountering triggers for state shifts that are getting in your way….
Many traders – myself included – have at least two trading selves. At times these selves are in
sync with the market, letting the hard work speak for itself. Other times, traders front run their
trading signals, ignore their stops, double up on their losers and pull the rug from underneath
their winners.
If you can examine occasions when you’ve traded in the zone and well out of it, you will find
that … you are carrying on very different internal dialogues at those times.
Activating your Internal Observer and noticing your self-talk as you are trading will tell you
precisely who is doing the trading, which of the “I’s” is in control. Many times you do not
identify the triggers as they occur, but you can recognise the negative self talk that
immediately follows.
This self-talk has an automatic, scripted quality that is largely independent of the objective
circumstances of the moment. It truly seems as though the trigger has pressed a “play” button
in your head, activating a well-worn tape.
Identifying the contents of those tapes is a very helpful step in being able to interrupt them.
Many times, you can become sensitive to common phrases in your negative self talk, such as
“loser” or the catastrophising “what if”, using these to trigger a new more constructive action
pattern.
One way of accomplishing that is through what I call the “trading coach” exercise…. In your
“trading coach” exercise, you are to go into trades as if you were a mentor to a developing
trader.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 56
Your job is to teach this student how to become the most successful trader possible. Imagine
that any position you contemplate, enter, or exit is your student’s position.
How will you talk with your student with your student if the trade is going well? If the trade
begins to falter? If the student is contemplating an exit or wants to hold on?
Your job is to be the best coach you can be. Then compare that talk to the self-talk
you may have been engaging in before, during and after you put on your positions.
Most people…have a caring, constructive side that they can access in their relationships,
personal and professional. Too often, people cannot access this engaging self once they
experience triggers associated with past losses, failures and threats.
….The vast majority of traders I have encountered do not need therapy. Rather, they need to
learn to become their own therapists, by observing their triggers and shifting to new modes of
thought, feeling and behaviour once their problematic tapes begin playing.
Generally, the successful trades come from immersion in the process of trading. The
unsuccessful trades come from immersion in the potential outcomes of trading. The winning
trader is immersed in the market…
…..The losing trader is not really focused on the market. He is thinking about himself, his
account statement or his reputation.
A profitable exercise you can conduct is to ….Identify the contexts in which you are already
enacting the role of the successful trader. Audit your trades and observe your patterns.
Focus your attention on what you are doing right during those trades that work out well. And
then, in the best solution focused tradition, do more and more of what works – and find the
triggers that help you get into positive modes.
The goal is to create a model for yourself of “you, the successful trader”. What you will find, if
you observe carefully is that this successful trader is a distinct self, complete with its own
moods, internal dialogues, body postures and thinking patterns.
The idea is to find that spot on your mind’s radio dial corresponding to that Successful Trader
and then lock in a preset on that frequency. You want to access that channel so many times
that eventually you can summon it at will.
All you need to reach your profitability goal is a replicable edge in the markets, a pattern to
trade that tilts the odds in your favour. Once you’ve found that the rest is consistency – doing
over and over what works.
Many traders with whom I have talked despair that they have not discovered more patterns to
give them an edge. They buy books and attend seminars in the desperate hope of
accumulating more sources of edge. That climb up the trading mountain face, however must
be tackled one step at a time, beginning with a single toehold.
It is far better to internalise success from a single pattern than mixed results from many
patterns.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 57
As Linda Raschke has emphasised, if you can master even a single trading set-up, you will
have set into motion a model – an identity – that can be accessed and expanded many times
over. Vince Lombardi (famous grid-iron football coach) once remarked that every game boils
down to doing things you do best and doing them repeatedly.
The key is finding what you can do best and making that a template for your future
development. ….Traders change when they recruit those aspects of themselves that are
focused, disciplined and flexible and import those into their trading – even when there is but
one source of edge.
In the absence of consistency, any edge is valueless. Without the trading edge, however – the
pattern as well as the consistency to follow it – the rock ledge of trading looks perilously steep
and breathtakingly sheer.”
Dr Brett Steenbarger
How do you cope with the risk and uncertainty that are built into markets, and are you coping
effectively?
The topic of coping actually begins with the notion of stress. Stress is a characteristic set of
physiological, cognitive, and emotional responses to threat.
Generally, these responses speed up such bodily functions as heart rate, galvanic skin
response, muscle tension, and rate of respiration.
For this reason, the stress response has sometimes been called the "flight or fight" reaction.
In the face of threat, our bodies prepare us for action: either to attack the source of danger or
to run from it.
What constitutes a source of stress is highly dependent upon our perception. If we define
something as a threat, we will experience it as threatening, and that will trigger a stress
response.
For some people, public speaking is an everyday activity, not to be feared at all. It might even
be something enjoyable. Others view public speaking as a potentially humiliating event. Their
perception of threat triggers the stress response that we call performance anxiety. Cognitive
psychologists, however, remind us that it is not the public speaking event itself that is
generating the anxiety, but rather our processing of that event.
Some of us view the world through lenses that emphasize the threat in life events.
All of these scenarios can lead to situations where stress becomes a way of life. Once we
acquire habitual thinking patterns that emphasize life's dangers, we fall into a chronic mode of
flight or fight.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 58
Continually mobilized, we can experience ongoing high blood pressure, muscle tension, and
jitteriness.
Psychologically, chronic stress is experienced as dis-stress. Anxiety, depression, and anger are
common consequences of viewing the world through the lenses of threat.
We know from cognitive neuroscience research that high levels of distress shift regional
cerebral blood flow away from the frontal cortex--our executive center of judging, planning,
and reasoning--and toward motor regions.
This is why it is so difficult for people under chronic stress to calmly work out their problems.
Their perceptions of threat create physical and emotional arousal, which in turn make it
difficult to access the cognitive capacities most needed at those times.
Every trader knows how easy it can be to abandon a well thought out trading plan in the heat
of adverse market activity!
The term coping refers to the actions we take to deal with sources of threat. Broadly speaking,
there are three coping styles:
3. Avoidant coping - Avoiding sources of threat or choosing to not think about or deal
with a problematic situation.
None of these coping styles are good or bad in and of themselves. Each can be used
effectively, and each can be misused. We know that a coping style is effective when it reduces
threat and produces positive outcomes.
There are times when it can be effective to sort out our feelings and deal with these, such as
after the loss of a relationship.
There are occasions when it is very helpful to be problem focused and directly deal with an
immediate emergency. Other times, we need to suppress feelings of upset and problematic
situations in order to get by in a job or as a parent.
In many respects, the best coping style is one that flexibly incorporates all three ways of
handling situations.
While all of us do cope at times by dealing with feelings, attacking problems, and removing
ourselves from situations, most of us have characteristic ways of dealing with threat. Those
are our typical coping patterns, and they are integral to our personalities.
For instance, if I have a significant problem, I very often will cease interaction with others and
become extremely task focused. At such times, my attention narrows considerably and is
concentrated on the problem at hand.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 59
This is useful in that it generally accelerates the resolution of the problem. It is not useful in
other respects, particularly if it leads to others feeling shut out in a team-based work
situation.
If I become locked into particular ways of coping that worked for me in one setting--or during
one period of life--and then bring these to new situations, there is a real risk that the coping
will no longer ward off threat and may even create new conflicts.
My colleagues at work who feel shut out by my problem focus, for example, may stop
collaborating with me at times when I want and need their assistance.
This situation is much more common than people realize, and it is a source of untold trading
problems. Coping strategies that worked well at one time or in other situations are brought
into the trading arena, where they wreak havoc.
Very often this occurs when the emotions evoked by our perception of trading situations
(perceptions of failure, danger, invincibility, etc.) trigger coping actions from an earlier life
period where those emotions were problematic.
Perhaps, for example, I felt like a failure in my growing up years because I could not make
friends or develop relationships. This led me to cope by avoiding social situations and
retreating into my own fantasy world where I didn't have to deal with others.
As a child, this may have helped me through a painful and awkward life period. Now as an
adult, however, responding to market losses with feelings of failure--and then retreating into
fantasy--is not constructive.
Very often, our most problematic coping occurs when we deal with threatening situations in
ways that greatly differ from our normal coping styles. During normal trading, I might be
highly problem focused. In a volatile stretch of trading where I take large losses, however, I
find myself coping by exploding emotionally and then feeling guilty over my outburst.
Such out-of-the-ordinary coping generally is a sign that an earlier coping mode is being
activated. Something about the day's trading is triggering old memories, feelings, or
conflicts. As a result, we're no longer using our constructive, adult coping capacities. Instead,
we're mindlessly repeating a pattern from the past.
If you find yourself overreacting to a situation, there's a good chance it's not really an
overreaction.
You are reacting to the situation--*and* to something previous in your life that is being
stimulated by the situation.
The first step of progress you can make in this circumstance is to remind yourself that you're
not really reacting to the situation at hand. "This isn't about trading," you tell
yourself. "Something else is going on."
Such a reminder does not, by itself, eliminate the threat response, but it starts the process of
putting threat in perspective. That is important.
Remember: threat--and stress--are functions of perception. As you alter your perception, you
alter your responses.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 60
Many traders are aware of behaviour patterns that consistently lose them money and can't
understand why they repeat these patterns despite their awareness.
This is the fundamental dilemma that brings people to psychologists: knowing your problem
patterns is necessary for change, but not sufficient.
Addicts, for example, are typically quite aware of their problems. What waxes and wanes is
their emotional connection to the consequences of these problems. To some degree, we are
all addicts: we act on habit.
Knowing our bad habits and sustaining the awareness to avoid and change them are very
different challenges.
Often, frustrated by their inability to change their patterns--and the perverse tendency to
repeat costly mistakes--traders become armchair psychologists and conclude that they harbor,
deep within themselves, a desire to fail.
Repetitive patterns are self-defeating, but this doesn't mean that traders have a hidden urge to
do themselves in.
In fact, just the contrary: Problem patterns often began as healthy coping efforts during an
earlier life period.
This is why they are so resistant to change: they have been over learned precisely because
they did work so well for a considerable period of time.
Imagine the trader who grew up in an alcoholic household filled with conflict. Fearful of being
drawn into the strife, he learned to bottle his emotions and withdraw from heated situations.
Now, as an adult, he no longer lives in such an environment, but bails out of trades at the first
hint that they are moving against him. This consistently loses him money, and--feeling like a
jerk--he wonders why he so often sells the lows.
He doesn't recognize that the feelings evoked by the losing trade are sufficiently similar to the
emotions of the past that they trigger the old methods of coping.
So how can we change these over learned coping patterns? Although the particulars of each
person's change process are different, the structure of change is remarkably consistent. Three
stages appear to be essential to change:
1) Pattern recognition - In some ways this is the most difficult of the stages. It is not
possible to change a pattern unless you can recognize its appearance in real time.
For this reason, many therapists have their clients keep journals in which they observe
situations that trigger problem patterns and the correlates and consequences of those
patterns.
By keeping detailed records, for example, you may find that your pattern of impulsive, revenge
trading after a loss is preceded by a high degree of muscle tension and verbal expressions of
frustration.
This allows you to use the tension and venting of emotion as cues for recognizing that your old
pattern is about to repeat.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 61
Adding a log of your emotions and behaviours to your trading journal is extremely helpful in
helping you see the patterns that set you up for success and failure.
2) Pattern interruption - Once we become familiar with the triggers and cues associated
with problem patterns, we may not know what to do instead, but we can actively choose to not
repeat the pattern.
If my pattern is one of anger outburst and impulsive action, I can choose to walk away from
the situation and gain a new perspective. This is often most effectively accomplished by
interrupting the pattern with vivid reminders of the consequences of those patterns.
For instance, an alcoholic might rationalise that it's ok to go to the bar with friends, but will
intercept the "stinkin' thinkin'" and remind himself that his last relapse began exactly that
way.
By getting in touch with the consequences of that last relapse (or that last bad trade), a
person turns the motivational tables and puts the brakes on automatic behavior patterns.
I often tell my clients that "You will begin to change when you consistently hate your old
ways." Once you make the problem pattern an enemy and vividly remind yourself of all the
ways it has cost you money and grief, it is much easier to interrupt its future appearance.
A frustrated losing trader who is tempted to put on larger trades to make her money back
might instead take a break from the screen and engage in biofeedback exercises until she is
calm and focused.
The goal is to take the triggers of the old coping pattern and turn them into triggers for new,
more constructive coping.
Imagery and mental rehearsal are excellent ways of building new patterns for
substitution. Before the trading situation starts, for example, the trader might purposely
visualize--in great detail--a market scenario that has recently caused emotional havoc.
In her mind's eye, she will watch herself feel tempted to make the same mistakes, but then
visualize herself interrupting this urge and engaging in a better trading behavior.
By rehearsing the desired trading behavior before the market session and looking out for
triggers during the session, the trader tilts the odds in her favor that she will be able to
extricate herself from her old ways.
You want to turn your desired behavior patterns into habit patterns. Motivation is important
when you first make changes, but eventually you don't want to have to muster your motivation
every time you want to do the right thing.
You want the right behaviors to occur naturally. This means that good trading behaviors need
to be repeated so many times that they become over learned. Mental rehearsal can accelerate
this process, but ultimately we need to work the change process every day in real time
circumstances.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 62
Every trading day offers you an opportunity to repeat old mistakes or to make changes. If you
focus on personal change, you can't guarantee that every market day will make you money,
but you can ensure that every day will be profitable.
Dr Brett Steenbarger
Active traders of futures and options make frequent rapid decisions, requiring a high degree of
mental clarity. Reviewing their losing trades, they often find that they have deviated from
their established strategies and plans, talking themselves into decisions that they would never
make in paper trading rehearsals.
It is acutely frustrating to replay the day’s session and see the “obvious” signals missed and
the impulsive decisions made.
“What was I thinking?” is the common refrain. At times, it seems as though we are not in our
right minds.
According to cognitive therapists, that is exactly what happens. In the heat of trading, we shift
our mind states, activating automatic thought patterns that can sabotage the best-laid trading
plans. The goal of cognitive therapy is to identify these thinking patterns, intercept them, and
replace them with more constructive alternatives.
In this article, I will review the basics of this approach and explain how traders can become
their own cognitive therapists.
Cognitive therapy begins with the notion that people have a basic need to make sense of their
world. Our need to explain life events is so strong that sometimes we will prefer superstitious
and mystical explanations to none at all.
A classic example comes from people who suffer from a problem known as panic disorder. In
the midst of completely non-threatening situations, such individuals can suddenly experience
overwhelming fear. Because the reaction seems to literally come out of nowhere, patients with
panic disorder invent their own explanations for their attacks.
If their panic occurred in a mall or in a car, they will assume that malls and cars are the
problem and avoid these settings. Eventually, the list of offending situations multiplies to the
point where panicky patients refuse to leave their houses.
The webs of ideas that organize our perceptions are known as schemas. We can think of
schemas as mental maps. In a sense, they are the filing cabinets in which our experiences are
stored.
The Swiss developmental researcher Jean Piaget described intellectual growth as a function of
the development of our schemas. When we first encounter new information and experiences,
we try to assimilate these to existing schemas.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 63
For example, if we are expecting a market to decline, we may interpret a short-term rise to a
new high as a potential head in a head-and-shoulders formation.
If, however, it is no longer possible to fit the new information with our expectations, we
eventually accommodate—or alter—our schemas to explain our experience. Thus if the market
breaks sharply higher rather than turns down following the suspected “head”, we might
abandon our bearish position and trade the upside in a breakout mode.
Ultimately, all of us are heirs to our experience. As we grow older, we develop increasingly
rich and complex schemas, helping us understand more of life’s experiences. The categories in
our mental filing cabinets reflect the life events we have encountered.
People who have grown up feeling secure and loved will internalize positive schemas about
themselves. Someone who has experienced violence and rejection will tend to develop a more
negative mental map.
Most of us have met individuals with low self-esteem who can barely accept a compliment.
Their filing cabinets simply can’t accommodate positive feedback; it doesn’t fit their
experience.
The challenge for traders of stocks, futures, and options is that we inevitably bring our
schemas to our trading. How we interpret the world will colour how we interpret market action.
To see how this can disrupt trading, let us consider the example of a trader I will call Tony.
The first step in altering negative schemas is identifying them in the first place.
Cognitive therapy views the negative thinking that emerges from depressive, anxious, and
perfectionist schemas as habit patterns. Catching ourselves in the act of misinterpreting events
and then interrupting those habitual thinking errors is half of the change process.
The pioneer of cognitive therapy, Dr. Aaron Beck, found that one hallmark of negative schemas
is automatic thinking. Once these schemas are activated by life events, there is a cascade of
automatic, negative thoughts that generate anxious, depressed, and angry feelings.
These thoughts have a scripted quality, almost as if a tape plays inside our heads.
Very often the same thoughts will emerge for very different situations, suggesting that this is
not true independent reasoning, but a by product of schemas derived from previous life
experience.
Very often people are not aware of their automatic, negative thoughts. By keeping a cognitive
journal, traders can become better observers of their habitual thinking.
1) It can be used to review past problems and identify the automatic thoughts that have
sabotaged trading in the past; and
2) It can be used in real time to intercept negative thought and action patterns as they are
occurring. Keeping a cognitive journal is useful in targeting specific schemas for change.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 64
One of the best ways for traders to begin a cognitive journal is to integrate it with a trading
journal. Many traders keep a journal of their trades, noting the setups they are trading, the
entries, trade sizes, parameters for stops, exits, and profits/losses.
Review of such a journal often yields helpful insights into one’s trading strengths and
weaknesses and to monitor the relationship between their trading results and their state of
mind.
A real-time trading journal that incorporates a description of the thoughts, feelings, and
behaviours at the time trades are placed, managed, and exited allows traders to review their
self-talk and identify its consequences.
Equally important, the filling out of a journal during problem periods requires an interruption of
the automatic thoughts.
By adopting the role of self-observer and identifying the consequences of negative thoughts,
the trader begins the process of divorcing the self from schemas.
It is a real step of progress when people can say, “This isn’t really me thinking; it’s that silly
tape going through my head.”
The beginning work in cognitive therapy, maintaining the journal, allows traders to identify
their negative thoughts as they occur and observe their destructive impact.
Once traders become proficient at interrupting their automatic thinking, however, the next step
is to turn their thinking around.
There are a number of techniques for altering disruptive thought patterns, as summarised in
Figure 3.1 at the end of this article.
This can be accomplished in cognitive therapy where the individual Disputes the negative
thoughts and beliefs that are generating anxiety, depression, and frustration.
This disputation is an active process in which people challenge and undermine their negative
thoughts. In a sense, the trader plays devil’s advocate to his or her negative thoughts,
questioning their validity and reminding themselves of their consequences.
In my own practice, one of my favourite techniques for disputation is to have people role-play
conversations they would have with others in similar situations. Interestingly, people who
become immersed in their own negative thoughts can be very positive, encouraging, and
supportive of others who face the same dilemmas.
Cognitive therapy is not the answer to all problems involving negative thinking. Some people
suffer from chronic depression or anxiety and require more intensive psychotherapy and/or
medications.
For many people who face performance-based conflicts, however, cognitive work can be a
rapid and powerful means for self-change. In these situations, several factors are responsible
for the success of the cognitive approach:
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 65
Self-monitoring – Daily monitoring one’s thought processes with a cognitive journal is very
helpful in targeting specific thought patterns for change and helping traders recognize the
connection between their negative schemas and their trading problems.
Active traders of futures and options often feel as though they do not have the time for such
self-work, but without clear targets for change, efforts at self-improvement are apt to be
diluted.
Homework – Research suggests that there is a direct correlation between the completion of
cognitive homework assignments and the eventual success of cognitive therapy.
The idea is to develop new, positive thought patterns, and this can only be accomplished
through repetition. Indeed, I would venture to say that such therapy is unlikely to be
successful unless traders make a daily commitment to self-work. It is difficult to imagine
unlearning longstanding patterns without such consistency of effort.
Emotional Arousal – Research studies have also found that the challenging of negative
thought patterns is most likely to be successful if it is conducted in an emotionally charged
fashion.
Simply filling out a cognitive journal and not truly confronting one’s schemas is likely to prove
a futile, intellectual exercise.
In over 20 years of conducting brief therapy and writing numerous academic journal articles
and book chapters on the topic, I can state with relative certainty: The quickest way to
change a pattern of thought or behaviour is to make it your enemy. Once we no longer
identify with our problem patterns, it is easier to interrupt them, challenge them, and enact
more promising alternatives.
One exercise I found helpful in my own trading was an annual trading audit where I added up
the precise dollar amounts of my losing trades that I could attribute to destructive trading
practices. I wrote that number down next to my trade station and, each time I was tempted to
fall into the old traps, I asked myself if I really wanted to add to that figure. This put the
brakes on many ill-considered trades.
In that spirit, I leave you with a homework exercise. Once you have targeted a few automatic
thoughts for change, tape a set of cue cards to the wall beside your monitors. One automatic,
negative thought will be written on each card, and beside each thought will be an estimate of
the amount of money that thinking pattern has cost you.
Before each trade, simply scan the cue cards and nix any impulses to trade if those thoughts
are dominant. If you can perform such an exercise with consistency, you will be well on the
way toward becoming your own therapist.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 66
Using the Cognitive Journal and Cue Cards – One purpose of the cognitive journal
is to remind traders of the potential consequences of negative thought patterns. Often,
a graphic emotional reminder is enough to halt traders in their tracks. Cue cards that
can be kept handy during trading can serve as a mental “pre-flight checklist” to ensure
that traders are in the right mindset for their work.
Making Patterns Your Enemy – I often encourage people to associate their most
negative patterns with some hated person in their lives, imagining that their self-talk is
actually coming from someone they can’t stand. Vividly imagining that negative
thoughts are coming from an “enemy” makes it easier to “answer back” and stand up
for oneself, beginning the process of building more positive schemas.
Note: These can be useful and powerful techniques, but no psychological methods can
substitute for rational trading strategies grounded in research and trading experience. Many
traders who experience doubt and fear experience these feelings rationally, reflecting the
inner realization that they lack adequate preparation in the markets.
Trading psychology can help you make the most of a good trading system or method, but
cannot substitute for one.
Dr Brett Steenbarger
The previous sections in this chapter explored some of the negatives of market and individual
psychology. When traders work on those aspects of their personality which could hinder their
performance in the sharemarket and learn about some of the traps and pitfalls to avoid, they
are well on their way to becoming successful in their sharemarket endeavours.
• Investing is a business. The goal of the successful trader is to trade well. Money will be a
by-product of conducting business successfully.
• Risk control is an important key to success. Successful traders learn that losses are a
part of doing business. No one succeeds at trading without being wrong many times. It is
how quickly losses are taken, and their magnitude, which is important. The first goal of
money management is survival.
• Successful traders have realistic expectations. A 20% - 30% return per year is a
reasonable expectation. Fund managers would be delighted with consistent returns at this
level.
• Trade for steady gains and small draw-downs to establish a good track record.
• No one knows where markets are going. Successful investors react to price
movements. They are not forecasting, but working with the probability of historical price
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 67
action repeating itself in the next timeframe. They have a specialized trading strategy and
the discipline to follow the plan.
• The successful trader is patient. Knowing when not to trade is often as important as
when to trade.
• The successful trader does not get attached to their trades or a particular group of
shares, but remains unbiased and diversified.
• Successful traders do not fight the trend. Good money is made well off the lows and
before the highs. Predicting tops and bottoms is the road to ruin.
• Choose a trading timeframe that suits your personality and philosophy of trading.
This will ensure that your trading fits comfortably with your daily activities, family and
lifestyle.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Through his own trading experiences and those of individuals he has mentored,
Dr. Brett Steenbarger is familiar with the challenges that traders face and the
performance and psychological strategies that can meet those challenges.
In his latest book, Enhancing Trader Performance - Proven Strategies From the
Cutting Edge of Trading Psychology, he shows you how to transform talent into
trading skill through a structured process of expertise development and reveals how this
approach can help you achieve market mastery.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
For Audio + Workbook packages to help you build your focus, discipline & personal strengths,
see Catherine Taylor’s:
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 68
CHAPTER 4
FUNDAMENTAL ANALYSIS
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 69
As the subtitle of this book suggests, my approach to share trading combines fundamental and
technical analysis. First, we will look at the fundamentals
Fundamental analysis involves analyzing the underlying forces that affect the well being of the
economy, industry groups, and companies. Top-down analysis starts with an analysis of global
and local economic conditions that could affect corporate performance.
Economic factors that might impact on a company’s success include interest rates, exchange
rates, employment levels, inflation and the rate of economic growth.
Top down analysis then works down from industry sectors to specific companies. Depending on
the expectations for the economy, certain sectors are likely to benefit more than others. An
investor can narrow the field to those sectors that are best suited to benefit from the current
or future economic environment. The individual company is important but its industry group
often exerts just as much, or more, influence on the stock price. When stocks move, they
usually move as groups.
This depth of analysis is most often carried out by professionals such as broker analysts and
prominent newsletters. The average private investor would get this big picture (macro) view of
global and local economic health from various media sources such as financial magazines, TV,
newspapers and newsletters. The present state of economic health could then influence the
level at which an investor adds securities to their portfolio.
At the company level, fundamental analysis may involve examination of financial data,
management, business concept and competition. Most often, the aim of company analysis is to
derive a stock's current fair value and forecast future value.
If fair value is not equal to the current stock price, fundamental analysts believe that the stock
is either over or under valued and the market price will ultimately gravitate towards fair value.
By believing that prices do not accurately reflect all available information, fundamental
analysts look to capitalize on perceived price discrepancies. Most private investors focus on a
company’s financial data.
A company’s vital statistics and financial performance are used to determine the financial
health of a company and to then compare it to other companies. Some of the more popular
ratios are found by dividing the stock price by a key value driver.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 70
Information
The key sources of information on fundamental analysis are the Australian Stock Exchange
(ASX), stockbrokers, media, the internet and computer software packages.
The growth of investment information on the internet has been phenomenal. Statements of
financial position and ratio analysis can be obtained from websites of stockbrokers, financial
services providers and some companies provide research on their own website.
Below is an example of a company’s vital statistics and financial performance that might be
viewed on the internet.
This financial information could help an investor determine whether a company is healthy and
low risk and how it compares to other companies. As part of the analysis process, it is
important to remember that all information is relative. Usually, companies are compared with
other companies in the same sector. For example, a media share (Fairfax) would be compared
to another media share (Rural Press), not to a retailing company (Coles Myer).
Analysts, working for Share Brokers, are the acknowledged experts in this field and relieve us
of the need to master this discipline. We do not need to compete with these experts, as their
analysis is readily available, often at a cost.
Annual Reports
Listed companies are required to publish and distribute an annual report to shareholders.
Annual reports are commonly thick, glossy publications containing a seemingly endless amount
of figures, some more confusing than others. Knowing what to look for is the first step in the
analysis, separating the wheat from the chaff.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 71
Below is a list of the kind of information that can be obtained from a company’s
annual report:
¾ Net Profit
¾ Dividend
¾ Franking (TAX) Credits
¾ Directors’ Report
¾ Profit and Loss Account :
¾ Sales
¾ Abnormal & Extraordinary Items
¾ Balance Sheet :
¾ Assets and Liabilities
¾ Intangibles : Goodwill, Brand Names, Intellectual Property
¾ Cashflow Statement
¾ Auditors’ Report
¾ Accounting Policies Report
A valuable source for those seeking fundamental information is the internet. Online brokers
and specialized web sites offer their clients an increasing amount of fundamental analysis as
raw data and recommendations.
In addition to brokers and the internet, fundamental software packages are a further source of
raw data and analysis. They enable an investor to rank companies based on a single
fundamental or group criteria and search for companies that meet a number of specific
fundamental requirements. Investors would benefit from a basic understanding of fundamental
data and ratios if they intend to use a software package.
The following sections explore some of the basic fundamentals and ratios investors will
encounter in their research.
EPS is the net profit of the company divided by the number of shares on issue. It shows the
profit earned for every share on issue. There is a high correlation between EPS and a
company’s share price. If the EPS rises, then a company’s share price is also likely to rise.
This is a useful ratio and a research analyst would consider whether the figure is lower or
higher than the previous year. If the EPS figure is down from the previous year, was it caused
by declining profits or an increase in the number of shares? How much of the earnings are
from operations and how much from once off events? How much of the earnings were paid in
dividends?
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 72
The P / E ratio looks at EPS in relation to the company’s share price. It is a measure of
expectations. In this example, the P / E number of 20 times suggests that at the current rate
of earnings, the company will take 20 years to pay the share buyer back for the price paid for
the share.
Many analysts use this ratio to determine whether a company is under or overvalued but the
financial health of the company must be taken into consideration. A low Price-to-Earnings ratio
could mean the company is in extreme trouble and could be facing liquidation.
The DPS is the amount the company pays to shareholders, out of net profits. It is expressed in
cents per share. It is the return the shareholder receives for owning the company’s shares and
is not related to share price moves.
It is important to know if the dividend is paid from current or previous earnings and what
percent of earnings were paid in dividends.
DIVIDEND YIELD
Dividend yield is the return on owning the share, expressed as a percentage of current share
price.
The percentage rate obtained from this calculation is useful for comparing against other
investments. Many investors target dividend income in their trading strategy.
Investors should be cautious of companies with an unusually high yield as this could be a
danger signal. The high yield could be a short term strategy to attract funds in an attempt to
cover some long-term problems.
Investors targeting dividend income need to be aware of the franking credits associated with
the dividend. A franked dividend entitles the shareholder to a tax credit because the company
has already paid tax on the dividend before distributing it to shareholders.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 73
NTA shows the value of a company’s assets on a per share basis. It is the theoretical worth of
a company, after paying off all debts. The valuation is the theoretical price the assets would
likely receive in the market if the company were liquidated. A share price considerably below
NTA could attract a corporate raider who would buy up all the shares, pay off the debt and sell
the remaining assets for a profit.
The assets might be worth $1.70 per share (as in the example above), but what price would
the assets receive in the marketplace, especially during a liquidation process?
Intangible assets, such as brand names, goodwill and intellectual property are excluded
because they are difficult to value. The accounting rules that cover these assets have
considerable flexibility about how the rules are applied. The problem is that many company’s
main assets are these intangibles.
PRICE-TO-NTA RATIO
Divide the share price by NTA to calculate the price-to-net-tangible assets. This ratio values
the company’s share price against its net tangible assets. A figure of 1.00 means the company
is valued in line with its NTA. A figure less than 1.00 means the company could be a bargain,
or could be in considerable trouble. In our example, this company is trading at 1.17 times
NTA.
ROE measures the after-tax profit as a percentage of shareholders’ equity and is a good test of
a company’s profit performance. On a shareholder’s investment, it tells how much the
company’s managers made for them. Many analysts believe the trend in ROE is one of the
best indicators of likely share price performance.
A high ROE will place management in a favourable position and provide the profits to fuel
further growth and attract future funding.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 74
MARKET CAPITALIZATION
This is the measure of the size of a company and is an important fundamental criteria I use in
the trading strategy outlined in Chapter 8.
For conservative, long term investors there are sound reasons for concentrating on companies
with a high market capitalization. Portfolios and funds with large cap shares show less
volatility. The spread between buyers and sellers is usually narrow.
There is plenty of fundamental research available and a greater interest from institution
investors. The “Blue-chips” are often high cap shares.
A “Blue-chip” share gets its name from a casino’s most expensive betting chip. It is considered
a quality investment, based on size, reputation, balance sheet and management.
SUMMARY
The broker’s recommendation was based on information from company officers, an investment
agency’s favourable rating of the company’s financial position, the lack of any indication of
concern from regulators, company audits, the industry outlook and the company’s response to
media reports.
All this fundamental information, coupled with the expertise to evaluate the criteria, produced
favourable reports and resulted in disaster for shareholders.
The failures in 2000-2003 and again in 2008-2009 of several high-profile companies have
thrown the spotlight on the accounting profession and the regulators. Auditors are reliant on
the information provided by the company.
A trusted senior executive at one collapsed company explained to receivers how he deliberately
manipulated the books to achieve profit targets demanded by more senior management. The
fact that the accounts were audited provided no protection for investors. Traditional accounting
methods are being put under the microscope, with many analysts claiming inadequate
methods need to be upgraded to disclose the true health of public companies.
Another limitation of fundamental analysis relates to the company’s share price. In the short
term, a healthy company could perform poorly in terms of its share price and a company with
poor fundamentals could do very well.
Investors need to be aware of the strengths and weaknesses of fundamental analysis and to
combine those strengths with the strengths of technical analysis (see the following two
chapters) to develop a common sense approach to investing.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 75
CHAPTER 5
TECHNICAL ANALYSIS –
The Basics of Charting
• Types of Charts
• Trendlines
• Reversal Patterns
• Continuation Patterns
• Gaps
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 76
Technical analysis is the study of price action in the attempt to gauge the probable future
direction of market action. I have divided this analysis into two sections; charting (discussed in
this chapter) and technical indicators (see Chapter 6).
Charting is old school technical analysis. Before computers, chartists collected price
information from newspapers or brokers and would hand draw their charts on graph paper.
The chartists’ tools are patterns and trends. Chart analysis is subjective and is often called an
art. The analysis involves reading the chart, which means inexperienced investors often see
what they want to see.
New school technical analysis uses indicators as tools, relying on mechanical trading systems.
Many new school analysts avoid chart reading as they would not want to make an investment
decision based on subjective analysis.
Charts present historic facts showing previous market behavior. They can help an investor
observe market trends, gauge the relative strength of buyers and sellers, identify potential
trades and formulate a risk strategy.
The approach of individual chartists can vary considerably, as chart formations have different
degrees of reliability and are subject to different interpretations. Each chartist must develop
his or her own style in translating chart analysis into trading action. A consistent approach is
vital.
1. Prices move in trends. The flow of prices is not merely a series of random events.
Once prices start to move in a certain direction, the existing trend should continue.
2. The market has a memory. This is based on the belief that in analyzing a chart a
trader is, in part, analyzing the behaviour of those setting the prices. As a random group,
participants in the marketplace have responded one specific way at a given price.
Traders are often sensitive to those price levels and may respond again to the same
prices. Depending upon the price and the trend, the reaction may be the same or the opposite.
This action and reaction to price stimuli is called support and resistance.
3. History repeats itself. An attempt to understand the future stems from the study of
the past. Price movements often trace out patterns or chart formations at similar junctures,
which could indicate the direction of the next price move. Chart patterns and formations that
have worked historically are likely to continue to work in the future.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 77
Types Of Charts
Charts are created from the open, high, low, and close prices (commonly abbreviated as
OHLC) of the share being analyzed.
¾ Bar charts
¾ Line charts
¾ Point and figure charts
¾ Candlestick charts
Bar Charts
Bar charts are the most widely used as they are simple to understand and provide the
necessary information to obtain a clear picture of previous market action. Chart 5.1. below is
an example of a daily bar chart.
The horizontal x-axis displays the timeframe across which the price has been plotted. The price
range is shown on the vertical y-axis. On each bar, the top of the bar represents the highest
price the share traded for the time period (whether daily, weekly or monthly), with a line
drawn down to the lowest price traded for the period.
A small horizontal tick to the left of the bar is drawn at the opening price and the horizontal
tick to the right is the closing price. Volume is the number of shares traded for the period
being analyzed and is plotted in separate section below the corresponding price bar, usually as
a histogram.
Over time, a picture of the flow of prices begins to emerge. Chartists are looking for price
relationships, such as:
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 78
¾ The close in relation to the range. Is it in the top or bottom half of the range?
¾ The close in relation to the open. Is it higher or lower?
¾ Is the close higher than the previous close and higher than the previous high?
¾ Is the share making higher highs and higher lows?
¾ Is volume rising with higher closes?
A longer-term perspective may be gained by plotting a weekly chart with Monday’s open, the
high and low of the week and Friday’s close. A weekly chart can give the analyst a clearer
picture of the major trend. After gaining a feel for the bigger picture, the investor could
analyze shorter-term charts to determine specific entry points.
Line Charts
Line charts, (see Chart 5.2 below), are constructed by joining the closing prices of each trading
session.
Chart 5.2 Line Chart
They have less detail as they do not show the open or the range. Some analysts believe they
present more of an overview of the market as they eliminate some of the noise – irrelevant
fluctuations-from the price movements.
Chart 5.3 below is a point and figure chart. It records only closing price action, which could
make it easier to see important features such as support and resistance levels, patterns and
trendlines. As with a line chart, a lot of noise is potentially eliminated. The time axis is only
used to display how long it took for a series of moves to occur.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 79
Point and figure charts use alternate columns to show the direction of price movements up or
down. Each X represents the price moving up and O represents a down move. The box size is
the amount the price must move, on a cumulative close to close basis, before adding another X
or O. In this example, the box size is $.05 cents. After adding an X, a close $.02 cents higher
the following day and another $.03 cent higher close the next day, would require another X.
Each column shows prices moving in only one direction.
If the market continues to rise, the chartist continues to add Xs to the column (and vice
versa), until prices move $.15 cents in the opposite direction, called a 3 box reversal. With a
reversal that is a price decrease, move over one column, down one level and add three Os to
represent a price decline of $.15 cents. You now stay in this column, continuing to add Os for
each cumulative fall of $.05 cents, until a price rise of $.15 cents, 3 box reversal, occurs.
Candlestick Charts
Chart 5.4 is a Japanese candlestick chart. This charting technique, developed in the
seventeenth century, displays the open, high, low and closing prices in a format that quite
clearly shows the relationship between the open and closing prices. The body of the candle is
the range between the open and the close. If the close is above the open, the body is left
white. If the close is below the open, the body of the bar is black. The vertical lines at each
end of the body represent the high and low and are called shadows.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 80
The interpretation of the charts is based primarily on pattern formation over a period of one to
three days. Note the predominance of white bodies in a rising market and black bodies in a
falling market.
Many analysts believe this shows which traders are in control, the amateurs who set the open
or the professionals who exert a major influence on the closing price.
Recognition of Candlestick reversal patterns can be an invaluable tool for short term traders.
They are examined in more detail in the section on Chart Patterns later in this Chapter.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 81
A basic tenet of chart analysis is that price movements are not a series of random events.
Prices move in trends, a general or prevailing rise or fall in prices. The advantage of identifying
and following trends is significant as it can increase the probability of successful trading.
The simplest definition of a rising trend is a market that is characterised by a series of higher
highs and higher lows. A downtrend has a series of lower highs and lower lows. Chart 5.5
below shows a series of higher highs at points (1), (2) and (3). The series of higher lows are
seen at points (A), (B) and (C). By this definition, it is clearly a rising trend. These higher highs
and higher lows are also known as pivot points.
Chart 5.5 Rising Trend With Higher Highs and Higher Lows
Trend lines are used to help define the prevailing trend and to alert the trader to a possible
change in trend. They are drawn below prices in a rising market and above prices when a
market is falling.
There are many different techniques for drawing trend lines. Their importance, as with all
subjective charting techniques, is questionable. What chartists are working with is
probabilities. If a technique has been successful historically, the probability is that it will work
in the next time frame.
One technique for identifying trend lines is to connect the lower lows referred to earlier. In
Chart 5.6 below, the starting point is the lowest point before the price started trending higher.
From the low, prices had a two day rise to $5.72 and retraced to $5.58 at (A).
When the market moves off this low, a tentative trend line is drawn from the low to point (A)
and extended to the right side of the chart. This tentative trend line has little value at this time
and only gains validity and importance when prices establish the first higher high at point (1).
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 82
This trend line provides support at point (B) and prices make a higher high at point (2). The
higher low at point (C) results in another trend line, (B) to (C) and extended to the right.
Once a trend line is established, chartists are looking at future support areas and the potential
break of the trend line to signal a reversal in trend. The significance of a trend line increases
with the amount of time it exists and the number of times it is tested. The slope of the trend
line is also important.
If it is quite steep, it should be treated with caution as even a sideways, trendless move will
break the line. Many analysts place the greatest value on a trend line rising or falling at
approximately a 45 degree angle.
This might be a good idea, but with most software charting packages, the angle is changed by
expanding or contracting the scale.
For uptrends, the trend line is drawn to connect the lows at as many rebound points as
possible. In comparison, for downtrends, the trend line is drawn to connect the peak highs.
The weekly chart of BHP, Chart 5.7 below, shows a falling trend line touching a series of lower
highs at points (1), (2) and (3). Lower lows are at (A), (B) and (C). The share is clearly in a
down trend until the break and potential reversal of the trend in March 1999.
The share moves considerably higher, but a break of trend line alone is not enough to justify
establishing a trading position. Weight-of-evidence requires a number of indicators to be
present and in agreement before any action is taken.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 83
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 84
Support and resistance may be thought of as the memory of the market, as previous highs and
lows become important future reference points. These levels appear on the chart as horizontal
lines.
Support is a price range where buying could develop to prevent prices from falling lower. It
acts as a floor under prices. In Chart 5.8 below, prices first traded around the $11.00 level in
November and December at point (A). This became a support level after prices held at this
level in February at (B) and again in May at point (C).
One reason support might occur is because many buyers, having missed out on buying at this
lower price, are all thinking “If the price ever falls back to $11, then I will buy”.
They wait patiently for sellers to force prices down to the support level where buying could
create a rebound in prices, often from an oversold condition (refer to RSI in Chapter 6).
Resistance is a price range where selling could develop to prevent prices from rising. It acts as
a ceiling above prices. Prices in Roc Oil, Chart 5.9 below, are having difficulty moving above
$1.98, with prices experiencing resistance at points (A), (B), and (C).
One reason resistance might occur is because many sellers, having missed out on selling at
this higher price, are all thinking “If the price ever climbs back to $1.98, then I will sell”.
They wait patiently for buyers to lift prices up to the resistance level, where selling often
creates a retracement in prices.
Support and resistance levels often occur at psychological price levels such as round numbers
e.g. 10c, 50c, $1.00, $2.00, $5.00, $10.00, $20.00 and $50.00, as inexperienced buyers and
sellers queue up to place their buy or sell orders at these exact price levels.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 85
Beware of the major pitfall that many inexperienced traders fall into by trading in reverse –
they donate their funds to more experienced traders by buying near resistance and selling near
support.
In terms of trading it may be seen that support and resistance levels gives the chartist clues as
to where price moves are likely to halt and where trends are likely to reverse.
Two time factors influence the efficiency of support and resistance levels:
1. The distance in time between similar price levels - the greater the distance the
greater the potential influence.
2. The amount of time a market spends in a congestion area that existed at an earlier
date is directly related to the influence the support and resistance level should
have at a subsequent time.
Support and resistance levels becomes an even more valuable tool when they become
polarised.
Polarity is the state of having two directly opposite tendencies. A chartist would be particularly
interested in a support level that was previously a resistance level. Westpac Bank, Chart 5.10
below, has two examples of support / resistance polarity. The first shows resistance at points
(1) and (2), with subsequent support at (3). The second example shows resistance at points
(A) and (B), with subsequent support at (C).
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 86
Chart Patterns
Pattern identification is a key element of chart analysis. Patterns fall into the two main
categories:
2. Continuation - continuation pattern occurs when the current trend is interrupted with
a consolidation pattern. A break from these patterns should see the market continue in the
direction of the prevailing trend.
Reversal Patterns
The most important prerequisite to a reversal pattern is a prior trend. The more substantial the
trend the more likely it could reverse. Also, the larger the pattern, the greater the significance.
Topping formations are usually shorter in duration and more volatile than bottom reversal
formations. Market tops often occur when traders are at their most optimistic and fully
invested with favourable fundamentals and news. When traders sense a change in trend, panic
selling can send prices sharply lower.
Bottoms are usually typified by a lack of interest, resulting in smaller trading ranges. They
usually develop over a longer period of time.
Sometimes bottoms occur as ‘capitulation moves’ as the last of the sellers panic at the very
lowest levels . For example, at the end of the three year bear market in mid March 2003, the
All Ordinaries Index, Chart 5.11, dropped 390 points in 38 days, then rebounded sharply, to
mark the start of the next bull run.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 87
One of the most reliable chart patterns is the head and shoulder pattern. Brambles, Chart
5.12, below, shows a bearish head and shoulder pattern with the neckline drawn from one side
of the head (A), to the other at point (B) and extended to the right. Confirmation is the break
of this neckline. Many chartists also look for declining volume as further confirmation. As prices
rise to create the head, volume should be less than on the left shoulder and less again on the
right shoulder. The right shoulder’s failure to make a new high is an early warning signal of a
reversal, as markets need to make higher highs to maintain a rising trend.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 88
Chart 5.13 below, shows a bullish inverse, or reverse, head and shoulder pattern.
Key Reversals
A bearish key reversal pattern is formed when the day’s, or week’s, high is higher than the
previous high and the low and close are lower than the previous low.
A bullish key reversal pattern is formed when the day’s, or week’s, low is lower than the
previous low and the high and close are higher than the previous high.
Each pattern gains significance if it occurs at, or near, the absolute top or bottom of the move.
Charts 5.14 and 5.15 below, are examples.
Chart 5.14 is an enlargement of the Brambles head and shoulder pattern from Chart 5.12. A
bearish key reversal formed at the absolute top of the move. The high was higher than the
previous high and the low and close were both lower than the previous low.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 89
Chart 5.15 shows a bullish key reversal on the weekly chart of Amrad. The reversal is at the
absolute bottom of the move.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 90
These formations, Charts 5.16 and 5.17 below, are straightforward patterns. The prices at the
peaks or troughs need not be at exactly the same price.
The patterns are alert or early warning signals, depending on whether they occur at a bottom
or top, respectively. Bullish patterns or indicators in a falling market are alerting the investor
to the possibility of a change in trend and a buying opportunity.
Bearish patterns or indicators in a rising market are warning shareholders of the possibility of a
change in trend and to monitor stop-loss orders to protect profits.
They are often the first signal the analyst receives that suggests a potential change in trend.
A correction, or retracement, from a recent high or low creates the first peak or trough. Prices
moving back to this area will offer future support or resistance as investors remember the
levels at which shares established recent highs or lows.
This memory of the market applies irrespective of whether the investors are using charts.
Chartists simply view these support and resistance levels but even investors that reject
charting are remembering important trading levels at some level of consciousness.
Once a double bottom or top is established, weight-of-evidence will assist with the decision to
trade and timing of the entry or exit.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 91
Bullish Wedges
The reversal pattern, in Chart 5.18, is called a bullish wedge. It is not a frequently occurring
pattern. It displays a contraction of trading ranges as it makes marginally lower lows,
appearing to run out of downside momentum.
The bearish traders are still in control but it would take very little in the way of rising prices to
change market sentiment. Volume should decline as the wedge forms, confirming the current
move down lacks strength.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 92
Some patterns are specific to candlestick charting. For many candlestick reversals, there is a
bearish candlestick or combination of candles in a recognisable bearish pattern at the top of an
uptrend, with a corresponding bullish reversal candle or combination of candles exhibited in
reverse at the bottom of a downtrend. The following charts show examples of candlestick
reversal patterns.
An Evening Star pattern, in Chart 5.19 below, is a small body seen above and between the two
bodies on either side.
It is a three candle pattern that formed in November on the PBL chart and later becomes part
of a double top. Prior to the evening star the market is clearly in an uptrend with closes
consistently higher than the opens.
The day of the star also looked promising, with prices making higher highs, but indecision
appears when the market closes near the open and in the lower half of the range. The pattern
is completed the following day with the isolation of the star and a close below the open,
suggesting the sellers are in control.
Engulfing Patterns
A Bearish Engulfing Pattern, Chart 5.20 below, is formed at the top of an uptrend when a large
body engulfs a previous, smaller body of opposite colour. It is a two candle pattern that
formed in May on the Mayne Nickless chart at a triple top.
The first candle has a white body as the close is higher than the open for the third day in a
row. The following day the market closes below the open, creating a black body that is greater
at both ends than the previous body and signals a potential change in trend with the sellers in
control.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 93
Doji
A Doji is a pattern with the same opening and closing price. It signifies indecision as the
market is balanced, with neither the buyers or sellers in control.
Doji candlesticks may take the form of a small cross on a chart, or may have an excessive wick
above, as shown in Chart 5.21.
Doji are advance warning signs in the market. At the top of the market, some short term
traders tighten stops below dojis and exit if prices retrace below the low.
Particularly bearish is a Gravestone Doji (see Chart 5.21 below), where a market opens,
trades sharply higher but fails to hold the gains, closing back at the open.
Doji are reliable reversal patterns if they appear predominately at tops and bottoms. If they
are scattered throughout the chart their importance is significantly reduced.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 94
It is a two day pattern that is considered a significant formation at tops and bottoms. The first
body confirms the direction of the prevailing trend. The second body shows indecision with the
open and close at the same price.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 95
Continuation Patterns
Continuation patterns are formations representing congestion areas and occur after a trend
has been underway for some time. Lower volume and reduced volatility are usually associated
with the congestion area. All the patterns are variations of two formations:
2. Much rarer channels. Channels are formed where parallel lines can be drawn
connecting points at the top and bottom of congestion areas.
In both formations, a signal is generated on a breakout from the congestion area in the
direction of the prevailing trend.
Each of the continuation patterns has the same characteristics. Ranges and volume should
contract during the consolidation and expand on the breakout from the pattern.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 96
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 97
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 98
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 99
Gaps
A gap is an area where no trading occurs. The price seems to jump over a particular level
when either buyers or sellers are dominant. In an uptrend, a gap would exist if today’s low is
higher than yesterday’s high. In a downtrend, a gap would exist if today’s high is lower than
yesterday’s low.
Gaps are significant since they come suddenly and occur in a variety of ways in conjunction
with differing patterns. They also reflect extreme strength or weakness and can become
important support or resistance levels. The theory is that all gaps are eventually filled by
subsequent price action.
This means that prices will eventually retrace to the level created by the gap. In practice, not
all gaps are filled.
Common Gap
Common gaps occur in the middle of a trading range, are usually quite small and often filled.
Any gap that ultimately proves of little value is labelled common.
Breakaway Gap
This gap can occur when prices break out of a consolidation pattern or as the first move in a
change of market direction. It is not likely to be filled for quite some time. A breakaway gap is
shown in Chart 5.30 below.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 100
Runaway Gap
Runaway gaps occur during an extended move, often near the moves midpoint. It is
confirmation that the trend is intact.
Exhaustion Gap
Exhaustion gaps appear toward the end of a market’s move. This type of gap is often the final,
volatile action before a market changes direction.
In a down trend, it could be the point where traders finally abandon ship after holding the
position too long.
In an up trend, it could be where traders, who missed the initial move, scramble to buy into
the bullish euphoria.
Telstra, Chart 5.31 below shows a Runaway Gap at point (A), approximately midway through
the down move.
Chart 5.31 Bearish Runaway Gap, Exhaustion Gap and Bullish Key Reversal
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 101
CHAPTER 6
TECHNICAL ANALYSIS
- Indicators
• Moving Averages
• Stochastic
• MACD
• Bollinger Bands
• Parabolic (SAR)
• On Balance Volume
• Accumulation / Distribution
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 102
Some traders will swear by their favourite indicator, focusing on the positive results while
ignoring some of its false signals. In fact, there is no ‘holy grail’ single indicator for successfully
trading markets 100% of the time.
Technical analysts, using indicators, are not attempting to predict the future but are working
with probabilities. If a group of technical indicators, chart formations and patterns, worked
historically then the balance of probability is they will work in the next time frame. Technical
analysts react to price changes.
A chart shows previous price activity. At the end of each day, information on the open, high,
low, close, and volume are added to the chart. Over the course of time, the chart becomes a
picture that can be analyzed. The same information that is visible on the chart - the open,
high, low, close, and volume - is used in technical indicators to measure the internal strength
of the market.
The result is another picture that can be analyzed and compared to the original. Similarities
and differences give the analyst clues to the next probable direction of prices. Analysts are
attempting to shift the odds in their favour by studying the market and trading a security that
has a high probability of moving in a specific direction, based on historical testing.
Moving Average
Moving averages are one of the most widely-used technical tools and are the basis for most
trend following systems. They are calculated by adding the prices over a selected period and
dividing by the unit for that period. For example, if you wish to calculate a 13 day simple
moving average of closing prices, add together the 13 closing prices and divide by 13. This
gives the average price over the last 13 days and has a smoothing effect on prices.
Many analysts believe this smoothed price is more important than any one day’s price, as daily
market moves (‘noise’) can cause volatile price fluctuations that eventually return to the
average. In effect, the average becomes a support or resistance level as markets return to
concensus of value. The average moves as the following day’s closing price is added to the
average and the price 14 days ago is dropped.
The shorter the term of the moving average, the closer it will hug prices. This is a plus insofar
as it is more sensitive to recent price action.
The negative aspect is that it has a greater potential for whipsaws, which are numerous buy
and sell signals. A longer term moving average provides a greater smoothing effect but will be
slower to react to recent prices.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 103
The weighted moving average assigns a different weight to each price used to compute the
average. The reasoning is that the most recent close is of greater significance than each of the
previous closes. So the average is front-loaded.
The exponential moving average is a special type of weighted moving average. It is front-
loaded and includes all previous prices, assigning progressively smaller weights to each price.
The number of different ways to use moving averages is as varied as there are different
trading styles and philosophies. Some of the more popular uses of the moving average include:
• Comparing the price against the moving average as a trend indicator. For instance,
a good gauge of the major trend is a close above a longer-term average on a
weekly chart.
Once the major trend is established, the trader could analyze a shorter term chart
for fine tuning the entry level.
• Using the moving average as a support or resistance level. When prices move
sharply away from a moving average, a consolidation or retracement often occurs,
bringing prices and moving average together. This return to consensus can present
trading opportunities.
• Monitoring the moving average band, which is called an envelope. These bands are
a certain percentage above and below the moving average. They contain a large
percentage of the trading and serve as support or resistance levels.
• Watching the slope of the moving average. For instance, if the average levels off or
starts to decline after a sustained period of rising prices, it may be a warning signal
of a change in trend.
• Trading with a dual moving average system. A buy signal occurs when a shorter-
term (faster) average of, say, seven days crosses above a longer-term (slower)
average of fourteen days.
A sell signal occurs when a shorter-term moving average crosses below a longer-term average.
Other commonly used periods are 10 and 30 day.
A 26 day simple moving average, Chart 6.1, generates buy signals when the closing price is
above the average and a sell signal as it closes below.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 104
In this case, the signal was on the first close above or below the moving average. Other
strategies could be to wait for two consecutive closes above or below or to wait for a
percentage move through the average. Most moving averages use the closing price in their
calculation but the open, high, low or mid-point could be used.
The long-term moving average on this chart of Rural Press, Chart 6.2, shows a rising trend.
The arrows are at points where prices have moved sharply away from the average.
Consolidation, or a retracement, brings prices back to the moving average, back to consensus
of value.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 105
A moving average envelope, Chart 6.3, is created with a 21 day exponential moving average
with an 8% shift.
In a rising market, short term trading opportunities occur when the price receives support at
points (A), (B), (C) and (D) near the lower band. Price objective is the band at the upper level
of the envelope.
Oxiana Resources, Chart 6.4, shows the buy and sell signals generated by the crossing of two
moving averages.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 106
This chart also shows how traders may enter after the moving averages cross over, only to sell
on an exit signal soon after. They may repeat this exercise a few times, with nominal gains or
losses, before managing to hitch a ride on a longer term trend.
Oscillators
An oscillator is an indicator that fluctuates between extremes of bullish and bearish sentiment.
Centered oscillators fluctuate above and below a centre point line and banded oscillators
fluctuate between overbought and oversold extremes.
Two of the most popular banded oscillators are Relative Strength Index (RSI) and Stochastic.
1. Both indicators are plotted as a number between 0 and 100. An extreme reading in
the oscillator may be viewed as indicating an overbought or oversold market.
The potential is that the market is over-extended and vulnerable to a correction or a
period of consolidation.
The trader must be cautious because oscillators often reach extreme levels when
markets are in a major trend. For example, if the major trend is up, a short term
overbought reading should be ignored.
Bearish divergence occurs when the security’s price moves to a new peak and the peak on the
indicator is lower than that preceding it, within the same pattern.
Bullish divergence occurs when the price moves to a new low and the indicator is higher than
the previous trough, within the same pattern. The pattern looks like this:
PRICES
A B
INDICATOR
C D
Prices at point B are making a lower low than at point A while the indicator at point D is
making a higher low than at point C.
3. Oscillators can confirm the force behind a trend’s move by measuring the
market’s momentum. Momentum measures the velocity of a price move by
comparing price changes. A rapidly-changing indicator signals significant buying or
selling power behind the move.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 107
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) is one of the most popular technical tools used by traders.
Most software charting packages automatically calculate and plot the RSI and many traders
closely monitor it. The RSI compares the average of rising price change to falling price change
over a specified period. At reversal points the rate of change decreases from when the security
is trending.
The weekly chart of CSR, Chart 6.5 above, shows RSI divergence. Closing prices are lower in
April than in February and the RSI trough in April is higher than its previous trough in
February. The share is trending lower while the indicator is signaling a potential change in
trend. This conflict is called divergence.
The horizontal lines at 70 and 30 mark the overbought and oversold areas respectively.
Most charting software packages allow the analyst discretion on where to place this line. A
reading above 70 or 80 indicates a potentially overbought security. A reading below 30 or 20
indicates a potentially oversold security. Divergence should also take place at indicator
extremes.
The weekly chart of the Bank sector, Chart 6.6, is showing bearish divergence. Prices made a
higher peak in June than in February, while the peaks in RSI were lower in the corresponding
time frames.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 108
Chart 6.6 RSI Divergence with Break of Trend line and Moving Average
This conflict is often the first warning signal an investor receives. As it is only one indicator, it
does not warrant any action. Subsequent price action and the signals from additional indicators
add further weight to the possibility of a change in trend. In July, prices break below the valid
trend line and the moving average. With the slope of the moving average declining, weight-
of-evidence is gathering and indicating lower prices. The final attempt to move higher stalled
at a support/resistance level in September.
Chart 6.7 RSI Divergence with Break of Trend line and Moving Average
The divergence on the weekly chart of the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX), Chart 6.7 above,
indicated a potential change in trend from a bearish downtrend to a bullish up-trending
market. Prices closed above the trend line in April and above the moving average in May.
Analysts often use weekly charts to determine the major trend and daily charts to fine-tune
their entry points. The daily chart of ASX, Chart 6.8, shows the RSI reaching oversold
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 109
conditions in August and November. Temporary oversold conditions, in a rising market, are
significant trading opportunities as we will show in Chapter 8.
Stochastic
The Stochastic compares the latest closing price with the total range of price action for a
specified period. Most software packages calculate and plot the Sochastic indicator.
In Chart 6.9, the %K line is the solid line and the dotted line is %D. In this chart of Argo
Investments (ARG), the stochastic is used in the moving average crossover method. A buy
signal is generated when %K crosses above %D and a sell signal when crossing below.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 110
As mentioned earlier, analysts often use weekly charts to determine the major trend and daily
charts to fine-tune their entry points. The daily chart of Argo, Chart 6.10, shows the Stochastic
reaching oversold conditions in May and June/July. Temporary oversold conditions, in a rising
market, are significant trading opportunities.
Stochastic divergence occurred over the September to November time period on this weekly
chart of James Hardie (JHX), Chart 6.11. Closing prices are lower while the indicator has a
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 111
higher trough in November than September. Falling prices and a rising indicator signals
conflict, thereby indicating the potential for a change in trend. Note that the divergence took
place at an extreme reading.
The MACD uses three exponential moving averages and appears on the chart as two lines. A
solid line is created by subtracting a slower exponential moving average (EMA) of 26 days with
a faster EMA of 12 days. This solid line is called the MACD line. A dashed line, called the
signal line, is made by calculating a 9 day EMA of the MACD line.
A crossing of the two lines gives trading signals, similar to the crossing of two moving
averages. When plotted on a vertical scale, the MACD fluctuates above and below a zero line,
with a move through the zero line considered a confirmation signal.
As with the RSI and Stochastic Indicators, MACD divergence can be a powerful tool.
Iluka Resources (ILU), Chart 6.12, shows three MACD buy signals, crossing from below the “0”
line.
The first two would have provided only nominal % gains during a five month period, whereas
the third signal resulted in significant growth in the following three months
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 112
Many technical analysts use the MACD Histogram when searching for divergence.
The formula for the histogram is the 9 period EMA of the MACD line (signal line) subtracted
from the MACD line. This can be calculated and plotted using most software programs
The daily chart of Gunns Limited (GNS), Chart 6.13, is showing divergence using the MACD
histogram.
Closing prices are lower in August than the previous lows in July while the MACD trough is
higher in August.
The MACD is indicating that the market is not as weak as it looks and that there is a potential
for a bullish change in trend.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 113
In Chart 6.14 below, the MACD bearish divergence on Brickworks Limited (BRK) is indicating
the market is not as healthy as it looks and a bearish change in trend is a possibility.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 114
Bollinger Bands
Bollinger Bands are a combination moving average and envelope indicator that use standard
deviation from the moving average (MA) to plot the envelope. While percentage bands are
fixed a percentage distance above and below a moving average, Bollinger Bands vary in
distance from the MA. This results in the envelope widening when a security becomes more
volatile and contracting when volatility decreases.
Large moves are likely to occur after the band tightens, the result of a consolidation. When the
price penetrates the upper or lower band, prices are likely to continue in the direction of the
breakout. Also, prices tend to move from the lower band to the upper band, and vice versa.
A narrowing of the bands, Chart 6.15, at the arrows, indicates decreased volatility and the
potential for a sharp move with increasing volatility.
However, Bollinger Bands do not necessarily provide an advance indication as to the direction
in which this increased volatility will occur. Conservative investors therefore wait for
confirmation of the direction to occur before taking a position.
In a rising market, Bollinger Bands, Chart 6.16, indicate buying opportunities when prices
receive support at the lower band (arrows). Note how prices tend to move back and forth,
from the lower to upper bands. If the percentage movement is sufficient (commonly chosen as
greater than 10%), some traders will buy at the lower band and sell at the upper.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 115
This indicator was created for trading the futures market, where traders often reverse their
position when there is a change of trend. The futures trading strategy is to always have an
open position and to stop-and-reverse that position when a signal is generated. In this way,
the futures trader will never be out of the market when a major move commences.
In share trading, the SAR can be used as a lagging indicator to protect profits. In effect, the
SAR is a stop-loss exit applied after the market is moving in the desired direction.
The name, Parabolic, is derived from the shape of the curve that is created by the SAR points.
It should not be confused with the parabolic trend line, as developed by Daryl Guppy - which is
a curve drawn to fit below price action and which gradually, then later rapidly, becomes
steeper and steeper.
One of the major advantages of the SAR over other lagging stop-loss indicators, is its
acceleration factor. When a market starts to rise rapidly, the SAR points also rise rapidly,
giving increased profit protection to the trader.
SAR acceleration can be altered by changing the step size parameter. The software program
MetaStock default setting of 0.02 means the SAR step will increase by 0.02 each day the
security makes a new high. For example, if a security makes a new high for three consecutive
days, the SAR step increases by 0.02 the first day, 0.04 the second day and by 0.06 the third
day. A step size of 0.01 will decrease acceleration and a step size of 0.03 will result in an
increase.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 116
The second parabolic parameter is the maximum amount the SAR step can reach. The
MetaStock default setting is 0.20. Chart 6.17 shows the Parabolic SAR on the share price of
BHP.
In the weekly chart of Mayne Nickless (MAY), Chart 6.18, the buy signal was generated by
weight-of-evidence.
The support line (A)-(B) is at a double bottom. At (C), prices broke through a falling trendline
and are trading above a 34 week exponential moving average with a rising slope.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 117
A stochastic crossing from oversold conditions is shown at (D). Profits are being protected with
the SAR indicator, which signals an exit at (E).
Volume Indicators
They work on the concept that volume has a tendency to lead price movements; that volume
levels peak, bottom and break before a similar action in price.
On Balance Volume
On Balance Volume (OBV) relates volume to price change. It is calculated by adding the day's
volume to a cumulative total when the security's price closes up, and subtracting the day's
volume when the security's price closes down.
(For our less mathematical readers: ‘>’ is greater than and ‘<’ is less than)
On Balance Volume is a running total of volume. It seeks to show if volume is flowing into or
out of a security. When the security closes higher than the previous close, all of the day's
volume is considered up-volume (accumulation). When the security closes lower than the
previous close, all of the day's volume is considered down-volume (distribution).
The basic assumption, regarding OBV analysis, is that OBV changes precede price changes.
The theory is that smart money can be seen flowing into the security by a rising OBV. When
the public then moves into the security, both the security and the OBV will surge ahead.
Traders analyze the slope of the OBV and are looking for divergence.
In the chart of Tabcorp (TAH), Chart 6.19, bullish divergence of OBV is indicating the market is
not as weak as it looks and a change in trend is a possibility.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 118
Accumulation / Distribution
The Accumulation / Distribution (A/D) indicator is based on the assumption that market
strength is usually accompanied by prices closing in the upper half of their daily range with
increasing volume. Likewise, market weakness is usually accompanied by prices closing in the
lower half of their daily range with increasing volume.
If today’s close > range midpoint then A/D = yesterday’s A/D + today’s A/D
If today’s close < range midpoint then A/D = yesterday’s A/D - today’s A/D
On Balance Volume adds all volume on a day that closes higher than the previous day’s close.
The A/D adds a percentage of the volume if the close is in the upper half of the day’s range,
attempting to get a clearer picture of the number of traders who are truly bullish. Some
traders analyse the slope of the A/D line and are looking for divergence.
The Chaikin Money Flow indicator is based on the Accumulation / Distribution line. It is created
by summing the values of the Accumulation / Distribution Line for 21 periods and then dividing
by a 21 period sum of the volume.
The interpretation of the Chaikin Money Flow & A / D indicator is based on the assumption that
market strength is usually accompanied by prices closing in the upper half of their daily range
with increasing volume. Likewise, market weakness is usually accompanied by prices closing
in the lower half of their daily range with increasing volume.
If prices consistently close in the upper half of their daily high/low range on increased volume,
then the indicator will be positive (i.e., above the zero line). This indicates that the market is
strong. Conversely, if prices consistently close in the lower half of their daily high/low range
on increased volume, then the indicator will be negative (i.e., below the zero line). This
indicates that the market is weak.
The Chaikin Money Flow indicator can provide excellent confirmation signals of trend line and
support/resistance breakouts. For example, if a security's prices have recently penetrated a
downward sloping trend line (signaling a potential trend reversal), you may want to wait for
further confirmation by allowing the Chaikin Money Flow indicator to cross above the zero line.
This may indicate an overall shift from a downtrend to a new uptrend.
A divergence between the Chaikin Money Flow indicator and prices is also significant. For
example, if the most recent peak of the indicator is lower than its prior peak, yet prices are
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 120
continuing upward, this may indicate weakness. Chart 6.21 shows Chaikin Money Flow
divergence in NAB.
Polarised support occurred in July 2003, January 2004 and again in August/September 2004
before the Chaikin Money Flow line crossed through the zero confirmation line in December.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 121
CHAPTER 7
• 2% Rule
• Exits
• Profit Taking
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 122
The first goal of trading is to survive. Proper money management will help investors avoid
risks that will put them out of business. How much capital is risked on each trade is crucial to
successful trading.
A major pitfall to avoid: Inexperienced traders often risk too large an amount and worsen
their situation by increasing the amount during a losing streak.
In contrast, experienced traders risk a maximum of 2% or less of their total funds in any
position and decrease this amount, or cease trading, when difficult trading conditions are
present.
The more an investor loses of his or her original capital the more difficult it is to recover.
Suppose a trader’s starting capital was $100,000, but he lost $10,000 on each of eight trades
in a row (which happened to many traders in the tech stock crash). His portfolio would be
reduced to only $20,000 very quickly.
The cruelty of the market is such that if you lose 20% of your capital, you need a 25%
increase to get back to where you started. For a 50% total loss, 100% is needed to get back to
par.
For an 80% loss, as per the example above, you would need to make 400% to get back to
where you began – all that resulting from just eight losing trades!
With a consistent and reasonable return of 20% to 30% per year it would take several years to
recoup the loss …….. so many traders give up, ‘burnt’ by the market, having experienced a
very expensive education.
The 2% Rule
Experienced investors calculate how much they are going to risk on a trade before they place
an order. They use risk management tools to control losses and achieve a reasonable rate of
return.
Inexperienced traders are shocked when they realize a $5000 profit, a 25% return, on a
$20,000 account is a significant achievement. Their ultimate dream of combining lifestyle and
income through investing, is shattered as they exclaim, “Who can live on $5000 a year and
how much equity is necessary?” A 20% return and an income expectation of $50,000 to
maintain current lifestyle would require an equity base of $250,000, with no provision for
capital growth.
The amateur’s solution is to take bigger risks to achieve a higher return. This is financial
suicide as extensive tests have shown that risking any more than 2% of equity on each trade
is gambling.
Most fund managers, and experienced traders, risk less, between 0.5% and 1.5% of equity on
any single trade.
The cliché “Cut your losses and let your profits run” is a winning formula.
In his book ‘Active Investing’ Alan Hull explains that the 2% rule allows 115 straight losses in a
row before all of a trader’s capital has been lost - and 230 consecutive losses at 1%.
Compare that with only 23 straight losses if a trader risks 10% of his portfolio on each trade!
The 2% rule means that an investor with a $25,000 account can risk no more than $500 per
trade. A trader with a $100,000 account may not risk more than $2000 on any single trade.
The 2% rule refers to the percentage of portfolio which is at risk by entering each trade and
the stop is later triggered, not the trade size or percentage of the individual trade.
Table 7.1
Exits
How, and when, a trader exits the market is the tool he or she can use to control profits and
losses. Having a strategy for getting out of a losing trade is essential to becoming a successful
investor.
With no protection in place, it only takes one serious losing trade to completely counteract the
profits gained from many previous months of profitable trading. An experienced trader
therefore wants to lose the least amount of money possible when he or she has a losing trade.
The first exit established is a stop-loss exit based on a worst case scenario. If an investor buys
shares in a company and the price falls, there must be a point at which the position is
liquidated.
This exit point is determined by simple chart analysis before the shares are purchased, while
the investor is in a calm state of mind.
This stop loss price is also used as part of the calculations for the position size to be
purchased, as explained later in this Chapter.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 124
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 125
It is also worth taking a close look at a stop based on market volatility, discussed in Chapter 8.
A stop-loss 2 or 3 times Average True Range (ATR) from the closing price on the day of
entry is considered a logical level to protect the trader from random market noise. Chart 7.4 is
an example of a stop-loss placed at 3 times ATR.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 126
The initial stop-loss point is also the basis for determining the profit / loss ratio. A 2:1 profit
/ loss ratio means that for every $1 lost on losing trades, a gain of $2 is achieved on successful
trades. The ratio of profits to losses an investor needs to be successful will vary according to
the success rate of their trading system.
Investors whose systems are successful 50% of the time will lose or win on half their trades. A
2:1 profit / loss ratio would be sufficient for them to make money. Investors with a 35%
success rate would need a considerably higher profit / loss ratio. A disciplined trading strategy
with a 50% success rate and a high profit / loss ratio is a powerful combination.
Position sizing
Position sizing is crucial to the risk management process. After going through the rigorous
analysis of choosing trading candidates, it is equally important to work out how much money
to commit to each trade
The entry point and a stop-loss figure are two of the numbers needed for the investor to work
out how many shares to purchase.
Example 1
------------
$20,000 account
2% risk = $400
Stop-loss - $.95
This means owning 4,444 shares that fall $.09 in value will result in a loss of $400.
The investor buys 4000 shares (rounded off) at a price of $1.04, which is an outlay of $4160.
The third number that may affect these calculations is the margin. This is the maximum
amount of money the investor allows to trade on any one company – akin to “not having all
your eggs in one basket”.
The term ‘margin’ here should not be confused with ‘margin lending’ an advanced topic for
experienced traders only and beyond the scope of this Handbook.
With an equity balance of $20,000, an investor would not want to take a position in one share
that used $12,000 of his or her capital. With only $8000 left to purchase shares in one or two
companies, the investor would have a poorly diversified portfolio.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 127
A diversified portfolio is necessary so that an adverse price move in any one share will not
significantly affect the overall performance of the portfolio.
The margin figure, should be somewhere between 10% and 25%, depending upon the amount
of equity available to trade. An investor with a $100,000 account might adopt a maximum
margin of 10% of his portfolio or $10,000 per trade; while an investor with a $20,000 account
might want to diversify into four different companies at a maximum of 25% or $5,000 each.
The example above, an outlay of $4160, meets this requirement.
If the outlay exceeds the $5000 limit, calculate the number of shares to purchase by dividing
the share price into the maximum margin limit chosen. It works like this:
$20000 account
2% risk =$400
Stop-loss = $.99
Remember, 25% of $20,000 = $5000. This maximum margin ensures that the investor will
diversify into at least four different companies. $5000 divided by the $1.04 entry price equals
4800 (rounded off) shares for purchase.
Owning 4800 shares that trigger the $.05 stop-loss at $.99 will result in an adjusted loss of
$240 or 1.2% of total equity.
Every trader should calculate the potential percentage loss on every trade he or she is
analysing. It is good training and planning ahead is a key to successful trading.
Traders with a reasonable equity account will eventually realize common sense and a
comprehensive trading plan will ensure losses are always contained within the 2% limit.
Here’s an example:
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 128
Spreadsheet, Figure 7.2, shows a trader with $100,000 and ten positions, with each stop loss
less than 10% from the entry price. A maximum of $10,000 is allocated to each trade. The
number of shares is rounded down to result in a total investment of $97,702. Every trade
would lose less than 1.0% of total capital if all stops were triggered.
Spreadsheet, Figure 7.3, shows a trader with $100,000 and six positions, with each stop loss
less than 10% from the entry price and a maximum of $15,000 allocated to each trade.
The number of shares is rounded down to result in a total investment of $89,695. Every trade
would lose less than 1.5% of total capital if all stops were triggered e.g. due to a market
correction or poor analysis.
With common sense, discipline and a comprehensive trading plan it is not difficult to keep
losses under 2% of total equity.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 129
Trailing Stops
The second exit an investor needs to calculate is the trailing stop. Once the market is trading
in the desired direction the initial stop loss is no longer needed. Yet no investor would be
pleased to see a profit disappear and result in a loss.
The trailing stop is designed to keep the investor in the position while the market is trending
and to protect a significant portion of the profit if the trend is reversed.
¾ Moving Average
¾ Parabolic (SAR)
¾ ATR Volatility
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 130
My preference is a Volatility Trailing Stop. I exit the position after two consecutive closes
below the trailing stop. The stop is two times the ATR subtracted from the close. This indicator
rises and falls with the level of volatility and higher or lower closing prices.
I never want to lower the trailing stop, so I adjust the formula to stay at the highest level
reached for a period of 15 days or weeks, depending on the chart time frame.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 131
Profit Taking
The third exit is optional and is designed to take profits, rather than protecting a profit with a
trailing stop. Taking a profit can be more difficult than taking a loss. Investors quickly learn the
importance of discipline in setting a stop loss but more variables will need to be considered
when taking a profit, such as trailing stops, profit targets and topping formations.
Inexperienced traders, without a clear strategy, will ride a roller coaster of emotions as they
add up unrealized profits and wrestle with the decision to let the profit run or cash in before a
fall in price. Alternating emotions of fear and greed can become constant companions and
further erode the ability to make clear decisions.
There are several strategies the investor can use for taking profits. One strategy is to use
profit targets, such as a percentage move in the price of the share; deciding on an exit at a
significant overhead resistance level; or setting pattern-based projection targets e.g. flags and
ascending triangles.
Another strategy, used by some short term traders, is to exit when an indicator, such as the
Dynamic Momentum Index (DMI) in Chart 7.8 below, signals a short term top.
The DMI is similar to the Relative Strength Index (see Chapter 5) but it uses variable time
periods. This means the time periods vary from between 3 and 30 units, depending on the
volatility of the market. A short term top and exit signal is generated when the indicator
breaks above the “70” level.
Again, my preferred profit taker is based on volatility. The JB Profit Taker indicator signals
when the security has moved too far too fast and has created a profit taking opportunity.
When prices move too far too fast, the balance of probability is that the price action will
subsequently retrace.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 132
This provides the short term trader with the opportunity to take profits and wait for prices to
pull back to a lower level for another entry or look elsewhere for the next trade. See Chart 7.9.
The formula for the JB Profit Taker combines a moving average of the highs with ATR (10)
volatility. A clear close above the JB Profit Taker signals the profit taking opportunity and the
position is exited on the following day’s opening price.
“Keeping good records is the single most important contribution to your success. If you
maintain scrupulous records, review them and learn from them, your performance will
improve. If your money management is in place to ensure survival during the learning process,
you’re sure to be a success……..Records are more important to your success than any
indicator, system or technical tool. Even the best system is bound to have some holes, but
good records will allow you to find them and plug them up……….Show me a trader with good
records and I’ll show you a good trader.”
There are many Portfolio Management programs available. Some are simplistic, such as those
provided free by most online brokers, which mainly show your current positions and open
profits. Various account keeping packages, such as Microsoft Money and Quicken are available
for purchase.
There are also specialist Money and Risk Management software programs, designed by traders
for traders, which provide far more detail and facilitate detailed trade review.
Many investors and traders do not spend enough time evaluating the risk of individual trades
and their potential affect on their portfolio. Many do not plan, accurately track or review their
progress at all.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 133
Most investors believe that diversifying their portfolio into several large positions in safe blue
chips is the correct way to address money & risk management. They do not realise that
overloading in too many positions, or too large a position, can put their portfolio seriously at
risk.
Risk management is the single most important component of a successful trading system.
Beginning investors often spend too much time perfecting entry techniques, in relation to their
importance to successful trading. Professional traders believe it is Money and Risk Management
that separates the winners and losers.
Proper risk management techniques will have a greater impact on the bottom line than finding
new indicators, entry points or a better way to anticipate tops or bottoms. All trading systems
will have a large number of entry signal failures.
It is an area where traders have a limited amount of control. The ultimate direction of the
market is out of the trader’s control. What traders can control is risk, how much he or she is
willing to lose on every trade.
Position management gives traders control over planning process and their open positions.
Traders are in control when they plan and monitor the position size, set the initial stop and risk
2% or less of their equity. They are in control when they manage their position with exit
strategies that lock in profits.
Disciplined position management allows traders to control how much they lose if the market
goes against them and how much they make when right. Successful traders keep good
records.
Trading is a business. A comprehensive business plan recognizes costs and risks.
Losers don’t plan to fail, they fail to plan. A serious business requires a disciplined Trading
Plan.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 134
CHAPTER 8
PROFITABLE TRADING STRATEGIES
that really work
• Timing
• Where to Start
• Paper Trading
• Sector Analysis
• Website Research
• Potential Candidates
• Check List
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 135
Introduction
The previous four chapters have been about tools. This chapter is about grouping tools to
create a trading system for a long term, conservative, investment strategy. The system uses
weekly charts and will combine fundamental and technical analysis. It is a trading strategy that
would suit a certain type of investor and markets exhibiting specific behavior.
The system outlined here is an example of one, of perhaps hundreds, of different ways to trade
the market, for there are as many different trading strategies as there are markets and time
frames to trade. To highlight the relevance of matching the timeframe with the goals of the
market participant, some short-term trading examples, using similar analysis techniques to
those already covered, are included in the latter part of this chapter as we analyse shorter and
shorter time frames.
My intent in presenting this trading system is to give beginning traders an example of the
process of putting together a system. It is not intended that this system will ever be used
exactly as presented, as each investor’s personality and trading philosophy will differ and
result in a personalized trading strategy that suits the individual.
This could lead to an incalculable number of successful investors each using a different trading
system, as there is more than one way to do it right. The process the beginning trader goes
through, in creating their own trading system, is to explore a number of different trading
styles, selecting the tools that might fit together to produce weight-of-evidence.
This chapter should help the beginning trader better understand the process of creating a
trading system.
This is covered in more detail in my Home Study Course ‘Trading Strategies with Metastock’ .
Timing
Fundamental analysts are fond of saying, “time in the market is more important than timing”.
Then they bring out figures showing that 90% of market gains are made in only a few months
of rising prices each year.
This is their proof that you must have a long term investment outlook and plenty of patience.
But the gains in their figures are based on an index and few technical analysts are index
benchmarking. There are often sectors-and shares in that sector-that are rising, regardless of
the direction of an index.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 136
Conversely, just because an index is rising does not necessarily mean that all shares that
make up the index will rise at the same percentage - or that some will rise at all.
This is completely contrary to investors’ expectations who invest in real estate such that if the
average price of houses rises in a suburb, then there is a strong likelihood that most homes
within that suburb will rise accordingly.
There are also a number of different strategies for trading markets that are not in a rising
trend, including trading channels, writing covered call options and short selling falling markets.
A long-term buy and hold strategy also does not take into account situations where the market
should be avoided. Technical analysts often stand back and assess the market for its suitability
to their style of trading. Knowing when not to trade is as important as when to trade.
If “time in the market” were referring to the value of compounding, this time the fundamental
analysts would have it right. Often called “the miracle of compounding”, this concept should
never be underestimated. Below is a table showing a compound return of 15%, after tax, on a
$50,000 account, over ten years.
Using a starting account of $100,000 and an after tax return of 20% produces results of
$619,173 over ten years and $3,833,759 over twenty years. Make sure the value of
compounding is working for you.
Where to start
Beginners on the market are often paralysed when faced with the daunting task of creating a
trading system. The investor needs to determine the type of market and the most suitable
time frame to trade before starting the time-consuming process of reducing the vast amount of
available indicators to a workable number and combining them into a trading system.
Most systems are more effective in a market that is displaying specific characteristics, such as
trending, consolidating, forming a base or breaking out of a pattern on momentum. Also, most
systems are designed with a specific time frame in mind.
It would be a waste of time for the long term conservative investor to develop a short term
trading strategy. Starting from scratch, creating a trading system will take months, if not
years, to complete. But the frustrated beginning trader has to start somewhere.
One of the easiest ways to develop a trading strategy is to “borrow” a system from another
trader. The borrowed system is used as a base to test and eventually build a trading strategy
that suits the investor’s personality and trading philosophy.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 137
It is extremely important that the investor feels confident their trading system suits them and
they believe their investment strategies will make money.
Gaining this confidence and belief is accomplished by testing the trading system on both
historical and real time data (see ‘Paper Trading’ below). Real-time testing of a trading system
is essential to prove a system worthy of implementation but can take a considerable amount of
time, especially when testing a long term strategy.
Testing a trading system over previous price action to determine its rate of success historically
is called a back-test. The back-test takes considerably less time and provides the investor with
enough information to determine if it is worthwhile to proceed with testing in real time.
There is no guarantee a system that worked historically will be successful in real time.
It is likely, though, that a system which cannot make money on historical data is unlikely to be
able to produce profits in the future. The back-testing process requires the trader to go back
one or two years in time and meticulously monitor and record the details of every trade
generated by a written trading plan.
It is an information gathering exercise to determine whether the specific trading system has
the potential to generate income in a real time trading environment.
While it takes considerably longer, I prefer a manual back-test to a mechanical back-test for
two reasons. The first is the inability of mechanical back-testing programs to include valuable
subjective analysis tools such as trendlines, support / resistance levels, patterns and
fundamentals. These tools need to be taken into consideration and usually cannot be factored
into a mechanical back-testing program.
The second reason is the valuable experience gained from manually back-testing.
The trader will eventually get a feel for the trading system and how it reacts in different
markets. The increased knowledge and understanding of a trading system will enable the
trader to gain a belief in his or her system and begin investing with confidence.
¾ Technical and fundamental reasons for entering and exiting each trade.
¾ Each entry and exit price.
¾ Initial and trailing stops.
¾ What you feel about taking the trade. This will demonstrate that if you trade what
you feel you will lose your money.
¾ Money management principles and position sizing.
¾ The result of each transaction.
¾ The percentage of successful trades.
¾ The profit and loss ratio.
¾ The number of consecutive losing trades.
¾ The drawdown ie the difference between the peak high and lowest total open
portfolio value.
The trading system outlined in this Chapter, adapted for either long-term or shorter-term
timeframes, provides an example of the process of combining indicators to create a trading
system. Many of the investors attending my seminars over the last five years have borrowed
this system as the basis for creating their own successful system.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 138
There are hundreds, if not thousands, of different ways to trade the market successfully. The
right way to trade is the way that makes money for each individual.
Once the chosen system is borrowed it can be altered to suit the personality and philosophy of
the individual investor.
The process of making a system one’s own is done over time as the trader experiments with
different time frames, discards indicators that are not combining well and learns and
incorporates new techniques into his or her trading strategy.
Paper Trading:
Having chosen a proven trading system to ‘borrow’ which matches your personality and
lifestyle, it is important not to trade with real funds until you feel comfortable that you have
back tested it and are confident that you can trade the system profitably.
The way to do this is to paper trade without using real money. Do all your analysis; trade
selection; set initial stops; calculate position size; place your hypothetical buy & sell orders;
keep a trading diary; monitor your positions; move up your trailing stops; enter your records –
all as if you are trading the market for real - but do it on paper only.
Do this for as long as it takes – some investors do it for several months – then analyse your
paper trading results to check:
When you are convinced your system is profitable, then start with one small position with real
funds and do it again. It’s at this point that you will probably experience a few more emotions
than you had while paper trading. Go back and read Chapter 3 again as it will mean more to
you, now that you are trading with real funds.
Even experienced investors, when they find a new indicator, strategy, system, instrument,
paper trade it without using real funds to gain confidence in this new trading tool. If it doesn’t
work, the most it has cost is time and effort – not valuable trading capital.
# For more information on Expectancy, you may wish to refer to Dr van Tharp’s ‘Trade Your
way to Financial Freedom’ .
The following is a sample trading system which is provided as an example of a trading system
which I have developed. It has provided profitable results in the past when used as part of a
strict Trading Plan, with Money and Risk Management Rules in place (refer Chapter 7) and
when executed with non emotional discipline (refer Chapter 3). .
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 139
The following system is provided in good faith. Please refer to the disclaimer at the start of this
Handbook. Also, as noted at the start of this Chapter, it is not intended that this system will
ever be used exactly as presented, as each investor’s personality and trading philosophy will
differ and result in a personalized trading strategy that suits the individual.
It is provided here to help the beginning trader better understand the process of creating a
trading system.
¾ Fundamental Analysis
¾ Weekly Charts
¾ Moving Average (34 Week)
¾ Volatility Trailing Stop
¾ Chart Patterns
¾ Setup Conditions:
Industry Group
Share
¾ Timing of Entry
¾ Stops:
Initial
Trailing
Every Trading System has parts that need to be specifically researched, tested and analysed to
create a complete trading strategy.
Parts of a Trading System is the outline I use for creating all trading plans. Every combination
of subjective charting tool, fundamental analysis and mathematical indicator is manually tested
before inclusion.
¾
Each section’s trading rules are carefully detailed before final testing is complete. Having a
trading plan and the discipline to follow it removes the guesswork from investing. The trading
plan should have a course of action for every price move in a market.
Follow the Rules becomes a mantra. When trading becomes difficult and indecision appears,
repeat the mantra.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 140
The following trading system is a conservative investment strategy I use for investing in my
Self Managed Superannuation Fund (SMSF)
¾ Setup Conditions:
Industry Group & Share
• Trade with trend of the weekly chart
(Established with 34 week moving average)
• Close > moving average
• Moving average rising
¾ Timing of Entry
Monday opening
¾ Stops:
Initial:
• Recent low
Trailing:
• Volatility Trailing Stop (weekly)
(Second consecutive close below trailing stop)
Industry group analysis is an important starting point for investing. At any given time,
regardless of the direction of the major indices, there will be industry groups that are rising.
There will be fewer rising industry groups in bear markets, but there will nevertheless be some
that offer trading opportunities. Buying quality shares (deduced from fundamental analysis) in
rising industry groups is usually a commonsense investment strategy.
A number of shares in each industry group are combined and weighted to produce an index for
each industry group. Index levels, and individual share prices, are available daily from data
service providers. With a software charting package investors can create files or folders that
will allow them to open all 22 industry group indices simultaneously. It takes only a few
minutes to scroll through the charts, looking for weight-of-evidence trading opportunities.
In the first edition of this book I analysed the 24 sectors that have since been re organized into
the present 22 industry groups. It is worth revisiting those sectors and the shares analysed to
monitor subsequent price action. I will hence refer to the original 24 sectors as ‘old’.
In early 2000, The old Energy sector, Chart 8.1 below, was showing an example of a setup.
It displays the criteria that are necessary to determine the sector is rising. For most traders it
will be a combination of patterns, trend, indicators and other criteria. It is not necessary for
every tool to be present to generate a signal.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 141
Signals from several technical tools is sufficient to create an interest in a sector or security as
a trading candidate.
This implies the shares in this sector were out of favour with institutions and private traders
and investors buying shares in this sector were trading against the majority opinion. This
contrary opinion is important as the majority can often be wrong.
Buying after a market fall has the additional advantage of matching price with value.
During a sustained market fall, brokers and market commentators often focus on the emerging
value of a share or sector, as a result of the fall. They will point out the value after a fall of
5%, better value after a fall of 10%, better again after a 15% fall, etc.
They may be accurate in their analysis that the fall in price is increasing the security’s value
and that prices will eventually rise. Companies with attractive valuations often continue to
decline for months. Technical analysis helps the investor determine when the time is right to
buy that value.
In chart 8.1, the horizontal line at 1150 has polarity. It joins support at (A), resistance at (B)
and subsequent support at (C). Also shown is Relative Strength divergence. The final
confirmations, the trigger area, are at (D), where prices break a valid downtrend line and close
above the moving average - and the slope of the moving average is rising.
At this point I consider this a rising sector and am interested in finding quality companies in
this sector.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 142
The Infrastructure and Utilities Sector, Chart 8.2, after being out of favour for over a year, also
gave a buy signal in 2000.
The positive technicals were a double bottom, trend line break, closing above the moving
average, RSI divergence.
The next step is to find which companies, in these sectors, are the healthiest and carry the
lowest risk. By combining technical and fundamental analysis, the investor can find the two or
three shares from this sector that belong in a conservative portfolio.
There are several ways of obtaining fundamental information on companies, including brokers,
research newsletters, websites and software packages. Time management considerations
means my preferred fundamental tool is the software package, OracleSCAN as it is fast,
efficient and simple to use.
OracleSCAN looks at balance sheet analysis and profit and loss fundamentals that are
provided by every ASX listed company. It combines fundamental and technical scanning
criteria in an online application. OracleSCAN has a number of built in scans (see Figure 8.3)
and allows the investor to create their own scans and watchlists.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 143
The entire ASX, or individual sectors, can be ranked with specific criteria, such as market
capitalization, dividend yield, earnings, growth etc. An investor with a limited knowledge of
fundamental analysis could find the best shares by simply ranking them in each of the fifteen
categories.
The best shares would consistently appear high in the rankings. Fundamental and technical
weight-of-evidence are then combined to choose the best companies for inclusion in a
portfolio. Figure 8.4 is an example of a 2011 scan showing companies in the Capital Goods
Industry Group with a Market Capitalization greater than 300 million, a Price/Earnings
Ratio of less than ‘30’ and the Analysts Consensus Recommendations.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 144
Figure 8.5 shows a 2011 scan of the largest companies in the Diversified Financials
Industry Group, ranked by Market Capitalization, with columns displaying Dividend Yield
and Return on Assets.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 145
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 146
The old Energy sector breakout was the first week of June (chart 8.1). A quick scroll through
the sector is interesting, comparing the various company charts to the index chart.
Some company charts will be at a similar stage of development to the index and will look the
same. Some will be lagging behind, still in the downtrend or forming a bottom, and others will
be ahead, having given a buy signal at an earlier date. The setup does not need to be the
same as the index, but each share must have a weight-of-evidence buy signal.
At the time of writing the first edition, the top companies, fundamentally, in the old Energy
sector were Woodside Petroleum (WPL), Santos (STO) and Novus Petroleum (NVS).
Each company’s share price, from early June had healthy rises over the next several months.
(Charts 8.3-8.5). A matter of personal preference might influence which security, or securities,
were included in an investor’s portfolio.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 147
Woodside Petroleum is ahead of the sector index chart. Prices formed a solid support level
at $9.00 in June, November and March and resistance in July & August 1999 and January
2000. Prices closed above a rising moving average and broke to new highs in May 2000.
Buying the new high the first week of June would result in holding a losing trade for ten weeks
before breaking even. Waiting for the return to support levels gives a lower entry price closer
to the initial stop, below the support/resistance line. Entry is Monday’s open after the weekly
entry signal.
My initial stop is placed below the low, below a recent pivot point or below a support/resistance
line, no greater than 10% from the entry price.
The use of a stop-loss is one of the major differences between fundamental and
technical analysts.
A fundamental analyst will tell you that he or she is investing for the long term and is not
concerned with short term fluctuations. Many brokers advise clients to buy a portfolio of
shares, review it once a year and expect results in three to five years.
They may explain that a few of the shares are likely to experience a fall in price but the shares
in the portfolio with rising prices will balance out the losses and the portfolio will eventually
return a profit. Investors holding shares, based on fundamental analysis, are often willing to
accept a considerable fall in their value.
A few months prior to the April 2000 tech wreck, two U.S. fund managers, queried on their
reaction to share declines of greater than 50% in shares they were holding, both responded
with, “we’re in the market for the long term”.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 148
This is how fundamental traders rationalize holding shares in companies with falling prices. It
is a dangerous way to invest.
A good reason for not adopting a ‘BHP’ (‘Buy,Hope and Pray’) approach long term is that over
the 20th century there were three 20 year time periods when buying and holding shares for the
entire 20 years produced negligible profits.
Long term buy and hold investing is only suggested as an acceptable investment strategy
provided that it is based on the company’s present and future health and its current price
action
Santos had an initial support level in September and resistance in October, December, January
and May. Prices closed above a rising moving average and broke above resistance in May and
returned to support the first week of June. Entry is Monday’s open after the weekly entry
signal. Very good entry level and close to initial stop, below the support/resistance line.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 149
Novus Petroleum formed a support level in October and April. Prices closed above a rising
moving average and broke a trend line in May. Entry possibility first week of June but there is
no clear price level to place the initial stop.
There is no recent pivot point or support/resistance level and the recent low was at $1.32,
more than 10% from the entry price of $1.55.
Results:
Santos was a buy in the same week as the sector chart, providing a good entry and a
commonsense place for the initial stop.
Woodside was a buy in the same week as the sector chart and when prices returned to the
support/resistance line,
Novus Petroleum was not a buy because of the problem with setting the initial stop.
The old Infrastructure and Utilities sector breakout was the second week of May 2000
(Chart 8.2). At the time of writing the first Edition, the top companies, fundamentally, in the
old Infrastructure and Utilities sector were Macquarie Infrastructure Group (MIG) and
Australian Gas Light (AGL).
Each company’s share price had healthy rises over the next several months. (Charts 8.6 &
8.7).
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 150
Prices of Macquarie Infrastructure Group closed above a rising moving average and broke a
trendline in July, but there is no clear price level to place the initial stop.
The recent pivot point low is $1.16, more than 10% from the entry price of $1.44.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 151
Australian Gas Light formed a support level in October and February and resistance levels in
February and April.
Prices closed above a rising moving average and broke a down trendline and
support/resistance level in April. Entry was the same week as the sector breakout.
Entry is Monday’s open after the weekly entry signal. Initial stop is below the
support/resistance level at $8.47.
Results:
Australian Gas Light buy signal occurred the same week as the sector chart.
Macquarie Infrastructure Group buy signal occurred eight weeks after the sector chart and
was not a buy because of the problem with setting the initial stop.
Potential Candidates
At the time of writing the first Edition, I showed the charts of three old sectors which had the
potential to break out that year and provide substantial returns to investors targeting specific
companies in those sectors.
One advantage of updating previous work is checking the accuracy of the analysis.
We will now look at the original charts, the analysis, the share selection and the subsequent
price action.
The old Food and Household Goods sector is shown in Chart 8.8. Prices retraced to
support/resistance levels in June and I suggested that if prices closed above a rising moving
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 152
average, potentially near the circled area in June – July, I would be interested in buying
healthy, low risk companies in this sector.
The companies meeting my fundamental criteria, at that time, as listed in the first Edition,
were Coca-Cola, Goodman Fielder, National Foods and Ridley Corporation. The old
Food and Household Goods sector generated a buy signal in August and each company’s
share price rose substantially (see Charts 8.9 – 8.12)
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 153
Each of these companies in the old Food and Household Goods sector experienced a significant
price appreciation. It is not likely that an investor would buy all four of these shares.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 154
• Personal preference.
• Diversification.
The old Media sector retraced to the support/resistance level in April and then rose to the
falling trend line. I suggested that if prices closed above the trend line and a rising moving
average I would be interested in buying healthy, low risk companies in this sector.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 155
Prices closed above the moving average and trend line in August but the moving average did
not rise. Three companies met my fundamental criteria but the sector chart did not generate a
buy signal until 17 months later. Jumping the gun and taking a position in companies in this
sector would have been a high risk strategy.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 156
Prices in the old Gold sector formed a triple bottom through a 12 month period, April to April
2001 and broke above support/resistance in May.
Closes were above the moving average and the moving average was rising.
I suggested that this was a rising sector and that I would be interested in buying healthy, low
risk companies in this sector.
The companies meeting my fundamental criteria, at this time, and listed in the first Edition,
were Normandy Mining, Newcrest Mining, Delta Gold, Goldfields, and Hill 50.
Subsequent price moves in the old Gold sector are shown in Charts 8.16 to 8.21.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 157
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 158
Each of these companies in the old Gold sector experienced a significant price appreciation. It
is not likely that an investor would buy all four of these shares.
• Personal preference.
• Diversification.
• Initial Stop > 10% from entry price.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 159
Note: At the time of the publication of the first Edition, my fundamental criteria were not as
comprehensive as at present. These criteria have now been expanded and shown in this
updated Edition.
Summary:
Three sectors were analyzed in the first Edition, with nine companies suggested to be placed
on watch lists as potential trades.
With hindsight, we now see that after publication, two sectors generated buy signals and all
nine shares in those sectors experienced rising prices.
Recapping our notes from previous - Every Trading System has parts that need to be
specifically researched, tested and analysed to create a complete trading strategy. Parts of a
Trading System is the outline I use for creating all trading plans. Every combination of
subjective charting tool, fundamental analysis and mathematical indicator is manually tested
before inclusion. Each section’s trading rules are carefully detailed before final testing is
complete. Having a trading plan and the discipline to follow it removes the guesswork from
investing. The trading plan should have a course of action for every price move in a market.
¾ Setup Conditions:
Weekly:
• Trade with trend of the weekly chart
(Established with 34 week moving average)
• Higher Highs & Higher Lows
• Close > moving average
• Moving average rising
Daily:
• RSI(7) Oversold
¾ Timing of Entry
ATR Volatility Entry
¾ Stops:
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 160
Initial:
• Recent low
• Support/resistance level
Trailing:
• Volatility Trailing Stop
(Second consecutive close below trailing stop - Ignore exit signal
following first thrust through JB Profit Taker)
¾ Profit taking:
JB Profit Taker
(Ignore first thrust through Profit Taker)
25% Return
Let’s now examine and work through these parts of a trading system step by step:
¾ Setup Conditions:
a) Weekly:
• Trade with trend of the weekly chart
(Established with 34 week moving average)
• Pivot Point Higher Highs & Higher Lows
• Close > moving average
• Moving average rising
The chart 8.22 below shows the weekly setup conditions in Australian Gas Light (AGL).
A potential weekly low was made in September and a potential high in October. Pivot point
higher lows are at (A), (B) and (C). Pivot Point higher highs are at (D), (E) and (F). Price
closed above a rising moving average in December.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 161
• Setup Conditions:
b) Daily:
• RSI(7) Oversold
The next step is to find temporarily oversold ‘alert’ conditions on a daily chart, using the
Relative Strength Indicator (RSI) (see Chapter 5). An RSI at “31” or below is the setup
condition. See Chart 8.23 below.
• Timing of Entry
ATR Volatility Entry
Volatility can be measured with a calculation based on the ranges over a number of days. The
average range over a 10-day period would be the sum of the difference between the high and
the low for each day, divided by ten. This calculation does not take market gaps into
consideration so most software packages use true range to measure volatility.
The Average True Range (ATR) is simply the average of the true ranges over the past x
periods (where x is specified by the user). A 10 day ATR is used in the following examples.
The trigger entry level is two times the ATR from the lowest price over the previous 20 days A
blue bar is programmed to appear on my chart when my volatility entry conditions are met.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 162
This entry level is triggered as the market is moving in the desired direction. Buying earlier,
when the RSI is signaling an oversold ‘alert’ condition, is premature. RSI is a leading
indicator. That means, it is suggesting that the market is oversold, that the market could be at
a bottom.
An investor buying this bottom is predicting a rising market from this point in time and no one
can predict the future. Technical analysts react to the information they receive from the chart
and indicators.
We then respond to the volatility entry when the market is moving in the desired direction,
by taking action.
The blue bar volatility signal occurred on May 12th. Traders that are following the market
throughout the day would enter on the close. Traders with real jobs would arrive home in the
evening, download data, check their charts and see that the entry signal occurred that day.
My trading systems and education are designed to help people who do not sit in front of his or
her screen every day, by choice or other reason. Their entry is on the following day’s open at
$11.57. The Initial Stop is set below the recent low of $11.17.
¾ Stops:
Initial:
• Recent low
• Support/resistance level
Trailing:
• Volatility Trailing Stop
(Second consecutive close below trailing stop)
The Initial Stop is used until prices trend higher and then the Volatility Trailing Stop takes
over.
The Volatility Trailing Stop is set below current price action and would rise and fall in
relation to ATR volatility and the closing price. I do not want to lower my trailing stop, so
program the indicator to hold the highest level reached for 15 days. The aim is that as prices
rise, the stop loss is progressively ratcheted up, locking in open profits.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 163
¾ Profit taking:
JB Profit Taker
25% Return
The JB Profit Taker also uses ATR volatility and is set above the current price action. It is a
moving average of the highs plus 2 times the ATR.
Profit taking opportunities exist when markets move too far too fast. My entry signals are
triggered after a retracement, usually during a consolidation that has low volatility.
Prices often break out from this consolidation with a surge in volatility that pushes closes
above the profit taker.
Analysis:
Aristocrat Leisure (ALL) – Blue bar volatility entry in May after RSI oversold ‘alert’. Entry
on following day’s open at $10.20. Initial stop set under the recent low at $9.27. First thrust
above the JB Profit Taker on July 22nd. Exit at $12.75 with +25% profit.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 164
Analysis:
Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) – Blue bar volatility entry in May after RSI oversold.
Entry on following day’s open at $20.40. Initial stop under the recent low at $19.37. Initial
thrust above the JB Profit Taker in May. Exit at $25.50 with +25% profit.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 165
Analysis:
Oxiana Resources - Blue bar volatility entry in July after RSI oversold. Entry on following
day’s open at $.93. Initial stop under the recent low at $.86. Initial thrust above the JB
Profit Taker ignored on August 3rd. Second close above JB Profit Taker on August 10th. Exit
on following day’s open at $1.18 with +26% profit.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 166
Analysis:
Zinifex(ZFX) – Blue bar volatility entry in July after RSI oversold. Entry on following day’s
open at $3.04. Initial stop under the recent low at $2.83.
Ignore first thrust through JB Profit Taker. Exit at $3.80 with +25% profit.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 167
Analysis:
Smorgan Steel (SSX) – Blue bar volatility entry in July after RSI oversold. Entry on
following day’s open at $1.23. Initial stop under the recent low at $1.14. Initial thrust above
the JB Profit Taker on August 16th. Second close above JB Profit Taker on September 1st.
Exit on following day’s open at $1.52 with +24% profit.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 168
Analysis:
Rural Press (RUP) – Blue bar volatility entry in July after RSI oversold. Entry on following
day’s open at $10.70. Initial stop under the recent low at $10.47 . Ignore first thrust through
JB Profit Taker. Second close above JB Profit Taker on August 25th. Exit on following day’s
open at $11.70 with +9.3% profit.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 169
Analysis:
Australian Worldwide (AWE) – Blue bar volatility entry in May after RSI oversold. Initial
stop under the recent low at $1.53. Initial thrust above the JB Profit Taker on June 2nd. Exit
at $2.07 with +25% profit.
CHECKLIST:
As a review, the following is a checklist of the signs to look for in the short-term trading
strategy:
___________________________________________________________________________
The JB Volatility Entry indicator, JB Volatility Trailing Stop and JB Profit Taker shown in the
charts in Chapter 8 are included for Metastock users:
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 170
Epilogue
In the introduction to this Handbook I stated that my aim was to help those inexperienced at
trading shares to understand the share market and take the first steps to investing
successfully.
Throughout this ebook I have provided information on share trading and important related
issues that could affect investment decisions. I have explained the basic tools available to the
trader and showed how I combine the tools to create weight-of-evidence both fundamentally
and technically in a trend following system.
Not all trading systems are necessarily trend following, but I find the advantages of following
the trend is significant as it increases the possibility of being right. Physics students learn that
an object that is in motion tends to stay in motion.
So it is with a trend. At any given time there will always be markets that are in a rising trend.
Identifying markets that are reversing trend and those that are already in a trend is an
important part of my trading strategy.
This big picture view of the market is done with weekly charts. A market can trend for weeks,
months or years before reversing direction. I can’t predict when a trend will end so I trade with
the trend until technical weight-of-evidence produces enough warning signals to shift my
attention to other, more favourable, markets.
The rising market condition is established with analysis of the sector and the share using
weekly charts. My entry point is based on a volatility move from the recent low and in the
desired direction. This results in me reacting to a move in the market rather than trying to
predict a bottom from an oversold condition. Technical and fundamental weight-of-evidence
are combined in both types of setups.
It is hoped that this guide-book will have helped the beginning trader understand that a
trading system is more than just a method of deciding where to enter the market. Knowing
where to get in is important, but not as important as knowing where to get out.
Nor is the entry point as important as risk management, position sizing or understanding
trader psychology. Each one of these is an important component of a comprehensive and
disciplined trading system.
Where to start? Borrow the trading system outlined in this manual. Change it to suit your
personality and trading philosophy. Back-test the system to determine if it works on historical
data.
If it fails to make money historically, change indicators, alter parameters and re-work the
system until you are confident it will generate profits. A system that is unable to make money
on historical data is unlikely to make money in real time.
When you are confident in your trading system, trade it in a virtual competition. Entry fees are
minimal and many competitions are free.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 171
In a competition you risk no money but experience many of the emotions you will experience
when risking your hard earned dollars in real time trading. You may change your strategy in
the middle of a trade and wonder how you could be so dumb.
You will ignore an exit signal and watch in frustration as a falling share price wipes out all
profits.
You may exit a trade but then watch the share price for several days, hoping the share price
will fall and confirm your decision to sell was the correct decision.
You will feel and learn to control the stress and anxiety of trading caused by indecision, fear,
greed, anger, denial, hope, and revenge. A virtual trading competition will prove an invaluable
experience while causing minimal damage to your equity balance.
There are complete books written on the various topics presented in this Handbook. For many
beginning traders, this is the first step on a journey that will include exploring each of these
topics in greater detail when it is more appropriate and convenient.
It is a journey that will never end as it is not possible or necessary to know everything there is
to know about the markets and trading.
It is a never-ending quest for knowledge that will, for most investors, prove the saying “the
journey is as important as reaching the destination”.
If you have any questions about the topics covered in this ebook or in our Investing & Online
Trading mentoring style newsletter, simply Contact Us
To your success,
Jim Berg
June 2011
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 172
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Atkinson, John, The Atkinson-Guppy Articles Ebook, 2004
Atkinson, John, 10 Secrets to Profitable Online Stock & Share Trading Ebook, 2008
Bedford, Louise, The Secret of Candlestick Charting, Australia, Wrightbooks, 1999
Bedford, Louise, Trading Secrets, Australia, Wrightbooks, 2001
Bennetts, Ron, The Australian Stockmarket, Australia, ABC Enterprises, 1998
Davis, Hillary, A Million a Minute, London, Nicholas Brealey Publishing, 1997
Elder, Dr. Alexander, Trading for a Living, USA, John Wiley & Sons, 1993
Elder, Dr. Alexander, Come into my Trading Room, USA, John Wiley & Sons, 2002
Guppy, Daryl, Trend Trading, Australia, John Wiley & Sons, 2004
Harper, William S., Speculating on the Australian Sharemarket, Australia, Wrightbooks, 1997
Harper, William S., A Beginner’s Guide to the Australian Sharemarket, Australia, Wrightbooks,
1999
Hull, Allan, Active Investing, Australia, Wrightbooks, 2001
Krastins, Ivan, Listen to the Market, Australia, McGraw-Hill, 1991 or 1998
Roth, Martin, How the Stock Market Really Works, Australia, Wrightbooks, 1997
Tanous, Peter J., Investment Gurus, USA, New York Institute of Finance, 1997
Tate, Chris, The Art of Trading, Australia, Wrightbooks, 1997
Taylor, Catherine, Audio+Workbook packages, 2007 to 2008:
Your Antidote for Fear
Maximize Your Trading Performance
You and Your Goals
Tharp, Van K., Trade Your Way to Financial Freedom, USA, McGraw-Hill, 1999
Watkins, Frank, Exploding The Myths, Australia, Vocational Education & Training Publications, 2003
Weinstein, Stan, Secrets for Profiting in Bull and Bear Markets, USA, Irwin Professional Publishing, 1998
Steenbarger, Brett N. Ph.D.,The Psychology of Trading, John Wiley & Sons, 2000
Steenbarger, Brett N. Ph.D Enhancing Trader Performance John Wiley & Sons 2006
Wilcox, Berg and Atkinson How To Write Your Own Stock and Future Trading Plan (FREE to Members)
GLOSSARY
Advance/Decline Line
All Ordinaries Accumulation Index
All Ordinaries Share Price Index (All Ords)
American-Style Option
Arbitrage
Ask
Asset Allocation
Asset Backing
These are just some of words defined in our A to Z Glossary of Terms of over 20 pages.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 173
We hope you have enjoyed reading this ebook. The aim of this Handbook, as stated in the
Introduction, is to help investors understand the share market and improve their trading
performance.
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.
The Stock Trading Handbook For Oracle Traders Copyright© Jim Berg 174
…… Click on the Following Link to discover more about Jim Berg’s profitable
trading and investing strategies that really work:
DISCLAIMER AND COPYRIGHT Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial
loss. Past performance is no indication of future performance. Results reflect absolute trading stop loss
discipline. Case study trades are monitored and managed in real time, and management reports are delivered every
week in the newsletter. Except where noted, all case study trades are notional examples using reasonably attainable
entry and exit points. Unlike an actual performance record, simulated results do not represent actual trading. Also,
since the trades have not actually been executed, the results may have over or under compensated for impact, if any,
of certain market factors, such as lack of liquidity. No representation is being made that any account will or is likely to
achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Full trade summaries, with charts, are provided each year.
In preparing this ebook ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) has not taken into account the investment objectives, financial situation
and particular needs of any particular investor. Before making an investment decision on the basis of this ebook and the accompanying
material, the investor needs to consider, with or without the assistance of an adviser, whether the advice is appropriate for them in
view of their individual financial circumstances. Any projections made in this letter are estimates only and no guarantee is provided that
those projections will be realised. Further, STE do not warrant the accuracy of the information in this ebook. STE and its officers,
employees, agents, associates and alliance partners (“Associates”) may have or may obtain an interest in the securities referred to in
this letter and will receive commissions, brokerage and other fees from dealing in the securities or advising in respect of the proposed
listing of the securities.
STE believe that the information contained in this letter was accurate at the time it was compiled. STE do not warrant that the
information contained in this letter is accurate, complete, reliable or up to date and to the fullest extent permitted by law disclaims all
liability of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance
on any information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. This publication, which
is generally available to the public, falls under the ASIC Media Advice provisions. These analysis notes are based on the authors’
experience of applying technical and fundamental analysis to the market and are designed to be used as a tutorial showing how
fundamental and technical analysis can be applied to a chart example based on recent trading data. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or ‘sell’
recommendations are not provided. This ebook is a tool to assist you in your personal judgment. It is not designed to replace your
Licensed Financial Consultant or your Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment
objectives, financial situation and particular needs because readers come from diverse backgrounds, with diverse objectives and
financial situations.
Liability: This information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as
appropriate before taking any action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. The authors and
publisher expressly disclaim all and any liability to any person, whether the purchase of this publication or not, in respect of anything
and of the consequences of any thing done or omitted to be done by any such person in reliance, whether whole or partial, upon the
whole or any part of the contents of this publication. Whilst all care has been taken STE and their officers, employees and agents or the
authors or contributors of this ebook accept no liability for any reliance upon any material and information provided by them and no
responsibility is accepted for any losses, charges, damages or expenses which may be sustained or incurred by any participant or
otherwise by reason of any reliance upon the materials or information given.
Copyright: The information contained in this ebook is copyright and for the sole use of trial and prepaid readers. It cannot be
circulated to other readers without the permission of the author. Each issue incorporates fingerprint protection that enables us to track
the original source of pirate copies. Contributed material reflects the personal opinion of the authors and is not necessarily those of the
publisher. Articles accurately reflect the personal views of the authors. Sharetradingeducation.com does not receive any benefit or fee
from any of the Companies’ stocks reviewed in the ebook. Sharetradingeducation.com is an independent financial education
organization and research is supported by subscription fees and affiliate rebates. OFFICES; Head Office, 9 Ensenada Road, Copacabana,
NSW 2251, Australia; and 3 Clonarg Street, Glen Iris, Victoria, Australia.
Disclosure of Interest: STE and their associates and authors of the Investing & Online Trading Newsletter© team may hold shares in
the companies featured in this ebook. Further Conditions are specified in the Terms of Use at www.sharetradingeducation.com.
HU UH
____________________________________________________________________________________
Disclaimer: Direct investing in the stock market can result in financial loss. Historical results are no guarantee of future returns. No
representation is being made that any account will or is likely to achieve profits or losses similar to those shown. Stock tips or ‘buy’ or sell
recommendations are not provided. This educational information is not designed to replace your Licensed Financial Consultant or your
Stockbroker. It has been prepared without regard to any particular person's investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs. This
information is of a general nature only so you should seek advice from your broker or other investment advisors as appropriate before taking any
action. The decision to trade and the method of trading is for the reader alone to decide. ShareTradingEducation.com (“STE”) disclaims all liability
of STE and its Associates for any loss or damage suffered by any person by reason of the use by that person of, or their reliance on any
information contained herein, whether arising from the negligence of STE or its Associates or otherwise. Refer also to the full disclaimer at the
back of each newsletter Edition and our Terms of Use.